Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 5748:d96e8fbc3747
Added tag v7-4-218 for changeset ddc3f32a4b21
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 25 Mar 2014 18:24:23 +0100 |
| parents | 50dbef5e774a |
| children | f084024c0ddb |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
| 12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 #include "vim.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * Number of registers. | |
| 19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
| 20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
| 21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
| 22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
| 23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
| 24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
| 25 */ | |
| 26 /* | |
| 27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
| 28 */ | |
| 29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
| 30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
| 32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
| 33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
| 34 # else | |
| 35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
| 36 # endif | |
| 37 #endif | |
| 38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
| 40 #endif | |
| 41 | |
| 42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
| 45 # else | |
| 46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
| 47 # endif | |
| 48 #else | |
| 49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
| 50 #endif | |
| 51 | |
| 52 /* | |
| 53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
| 54 */ | |
| 55 static struct yankreg | |
| 56 { | |
| 57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
| 58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
| 59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
| 60 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
| 61 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
| 62 | |
| 63 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
| 64 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
| 65 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
| 66 | |
| 67 /* | |
| 68 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
| 69 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
| 70 */ | |
| 71 struct block_def | |
| 72 { | |
| 1839 | 73 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
| 74 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
| 7 | 75 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
| 1839 | 76 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
| 77 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
| 7 | 78 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
| 79 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
| 80 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 81 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
| 82 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
| 83 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
| 84 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
| 85 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
| 86 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
| 87 #endif | |
| 88 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
| 89 }; | |
| 90 | |
| 91 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 92 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
| 93 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
| 94 #endif | |
| 95 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
| 1034 | 96 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
| 1077 | 97 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
| 98 int silent)); | |
| 7 | 99 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
| 100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 101 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
| 102 #endif | |
| 103 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
| 104 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
| 105 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
| 106 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 107 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
| 108 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
| 3562 | 111 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 112 static char_u *skip_comment __ARGS((char_u *line, int process, int include_space, int *is_comment)); | |
| 113 #endif | |
| 7 | 114 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); |
| 115 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 116 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen)); | |
| 117 #endif | |
| 118 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 119 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 120 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
| 121 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
| 122 #else | |
| 123 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
| 124 #endif | |
| 125 | |
| 126 /* | |
| 127 * The names of operators. | |
| 128 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
| 129 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
| 130 */ | |
| 131 static char opchars[][3] = | |
| 132 { | |
| 133 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
| 134 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
| 135 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
| 136 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
| 137 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
| 138 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
| 139 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
| 140 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
| 141 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
| 142 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
| 143 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
| 144 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
| 145 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
| 146 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
| 147 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
| 148 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
| 149 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
| 150 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
| 151 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
| 152 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
| 153 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
| 154 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
| 155 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
| 156 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
| 157 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
| 158 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
| 159 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
| 603 | 160 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
| 7 | 161 }; |
| 162 | |
| 163 /* | |
| 164 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
| 165 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
| 166 */ | |
| 167 int | |
| 168 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
| 169 int char1; | |
| 170 int char2; | |
| 171 { | |
| 172 int i; | |
| 173 | |
| 174 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
| 175 return OP_REPLACE; | |
| 176 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
| 177 return OP_TILDE; | |
| 178 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 179 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
| 180 break; | |
| 181 return i; | |
| 182 } | |
| 183 | |
| 184 /* | |
| 185 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 int | |
| 188 op_on_lines(op) | |
| 189 int op; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 return opchars[op][2]; | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 /* | |
| 195 * Get first operator command character. | |
| 196 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
| 197 */ | |
| 198 int | |
| 199 get_op_char(optype) | |
| 200 int optype; | |
| 201 { | |
| 202 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
| 203 } | |
| 204 | |
| 205 /* | |
| 206 * Get second operator command character. | |
| 207 */ | |
| 208 int | |
| 209 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
| 210 int optype; | |
| 211 { | |
| 212 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
| 213 } | |
| 214 | |
| 215 /* | |
| 216 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
| 217 */ | |
| 218 void | |
| 219 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
| 220 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 221 int curs_top; | |
| 222 int amount; | |
| 223 { | |
| 224 long i; | |
| 225 int first_char; | |
| 226 char_u *s; | |
| 227 int block_col = 0; | |
| 228 | |
| 229 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
| 230 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 231 return; | |
| 232 | |
| 233 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 234 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 235 | |
| 236 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
| 239 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 240 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 241 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 242 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 243 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
| 244 #endif | |
| 245 else | |
| 246 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
| 247 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
| 248 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 249 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 { | |
| 1516 | 252 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
| 7 | 253 } |
| 254 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 255 } | |
| 256 | |
| 257 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
|
5182
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
258 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
259 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold */ |
|
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
260 foldOpenCursor(); |
|
4cbff53717d4
updated for version 7.4a.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5100
diff
changeset
|
261 #endif |
| 7 | 262 |
| 263 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 264 { | |
| 265 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
| 266 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
| 267 } | |
| 5735 | 268 else if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ |
| 7 | 269 { |
| 270 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
| 271 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
| 272 } | |
| 273 else | |
| 274 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
| 275 | |
| 276 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
| 279 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
| 280 else | |
| 281 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
| 282 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
| 283 { | |
| 284 if (amount == 1) | |
| 285 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
| 286 else | |
| 287 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
| 288 } | |
| 289 else | |
| 290 { | |
| 291 if (amount == 1) | |
| 292 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
| 293 oap->line_count, s); | |
| 294 else | |
| 295 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
| 296 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 msg(IObuff); | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 301 /* | |
| 302 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 305 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
| 306 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
| 307 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
| 308 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
| 309 } | |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
| 313 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
| 314 */ | |
| 315 void | |
| 1516 | 316 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 317 int left; |
| 318 int round; | |
| 319 int amount; | |
| 1516 | 320 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 321 { |
| 322 int count; | |
| 323 int i, j; | |
| 5438 | 324 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 7 | 325 |
| 326 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
| 327 | |
| 328 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
| 331 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
| 332 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
| 333 --amount; | |
| 334 if (left) | |
| 335 { | |
| 336 i -= amount; | |
| 337 if (i < 0) | |
| 338 i = 0; | |
| 339 } | |
| 340 else | |
| 341 i += amount; | |
| 342 count = i * p_sw; | |
| 343 } | |
| 344 else /* original vi indent */ | |
| 345 { | |
| 346 if (left) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
| 349 if (count < 0) | |
| 350 count = 0; | |
| 351 } | |
| 352 else | |
| 353 count += p_sw * amount; | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 | |
| 356 /* Set new indent */ | |
| 357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 358 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 359 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 360 else |
| 361 #endif | |
| 1516 | 362 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 363 } |
| 364 | |
| 365 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 366 /* | |
| 367 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
| 368 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
| 369 */ | |
| 370 static void | |
| 371 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
| 372 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 373 int amount; | |
| 374 { | |
| 375 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
| 376 int oldstate = State; | |
| 1839 | 377 int total; |
| 378 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
| 7 | 379 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5438 | 380 int p_sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 7 | 381 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; |
| 382 struct block_def bd; | |
| 383 int incr; | |
| 1839 | 384 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
| 7 | 385 int i = 0, j = 0; |
| 386 int len; | |
| 387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 388 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
| 389 | |
| 4352 | 390 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in indent */ |
| 7 | 391 #endif |
| 392 | |
| 393 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
| 394 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
| 395 if (bd.is_short) | |
| 396 return; | |
| 397 | |
| 398 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
| 399 total = amount * p_sw; | |
| 400 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 401 | |
| 402 if (!left) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 /* | |
| 405 * 1. Get start vcol | |
| 406 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
| 407 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
| 408 * 4. Construct new string | |
| 409 */ | |
| 410 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
| 411 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
| 412 if (bd.startspaces) | |
| 413 { | |
| 414 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 415 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 416 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
| 1995 | 417 else |
| 418 #endif | |
| 419 ++bd.textstart; | |
| 7 | 420 } |
| 421 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
| 422 { | |
| 423 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&bd.textstart, (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
| 424 total += incr; | |
| 425 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
| 428 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
| 429 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 430 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
| 431 if (i) | |
| 432 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
| 433 else | |
| 434 j = total; | |
| 435 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
| 436 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
| 437 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
| 438 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
| 439 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 440 return; | |
| 441 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
| 442 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
| 443 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
| 444 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
| 445 /* the end */ | |
| 446 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 else /* left */ | |
| 449 { | |
| 1839 | 450 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
| 451 be shifted */ | |
| 452 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
| 453 copied verbatim */ | |
| 454 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
| 455 of line */ | |
| 456 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
| 457 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
| 458 block shift */ | |
| 459 size_t block_space_width; | |
| 460 size_t shift_amount; | |
| 461 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
| 462 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
| 463 | |
| 464 /* | |
| 465 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
| 466 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
| 467 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
| 468 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
| 469 * non-whitespace character. | |
| 470 */ | |
| 471 | |
| 472 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
| 473 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
| 474 * searching from the next character. */ | |
| 475 if (bd.startspaces) | |
| 476 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
| 477 | |
| 478 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
| 479 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
| 480 | |
| 481 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
| 7 | 482 { |
| 1839 | 483 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col); |
| 484 non_white_col += incr; | |
| 7 | 485 } |
| 1839 | 486 |
| 487 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
| 488 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
| 489 */ | |
| 1860 | 490 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
| 491 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
| 1839 | 492 |
| 493 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
| 1860 | 494 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
| 1839 | 495 |
| 496 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
| 497 * reuse without modification. */ | |
| 498 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
| 499 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
| 500 | |
| 501 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
| 502 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
| 503 * column number. */ | |
| 504 if (bd.startspaces) | |
| 505 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
| 506 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
| 7 | 507 { |
| 1839 | 508 incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width); |
| 509 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) | |
| 510 break; | |
| 511 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
| 512 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
| 7 | 513 } |
| 514 | |
| 1839 | 515 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
| 516 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
| 517 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
| 518 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
| 519 | |
| 520 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
| 521 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
| 522 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
| 523 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
| 524 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
| 525 + fill | |
| 526 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
| 527 | |
| 528 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
| 7 | 529 if (newp == NULL) |
| 530 return; | |
| 1839 | 531 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
| 532 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
| 533 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
| 7 | 534 } |
| 535 /* replace the line */ | |
| 536 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 537 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
| 538 State = oldstate; | |
| 539 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
| 540 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 541 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
| 542 #endif | |
| 543 } | |
| 544 #endif | |
| 545 | |
| 546 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 547 /* | |
| 548 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
| 549 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
| 550 */ | |
| 551 static void | |
| 552 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
| 553 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 554 char_u *s; | |
| 555 int b_insert; | |
| 556 struct block_def *bdp; | |
| 557 { | |
| 558 int p_ts; | |
| 559 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
| 560 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
| 561 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
| 562 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
| 563 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
| 564 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
| 565 int oldstate = State; | |
| 566 | |
| 567 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
| 568 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
| 569 | |
| 570 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
| 571 { | |
| 572 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 573 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
| 574 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
| 575 | |
| 576 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 577 | |
| 578 if (b_insert) | |
| 579 { | |
| 580 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
| 581 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
| 582 if (spaces != 0) | |
| 583 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
| 584 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 else /* append */ | |
| 587 { | |
| 588 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
| 589 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
| 590 { | |
| 591 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
| 592 if (spaces != 0) | |
| 593 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
| 594 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
| 595 } | |
| 596 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
| 597 { | |
| 598 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
| 599 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
| 600 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
| 601 count = spaces; | |
| 602 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
| 603 } | |
| 604 } | |
| 605 | |
| 606 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
| 607 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 608 continue; | |
| 609 | |
| 610 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
| 611 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
| 612 oldp += offset; | |
| 613 | |
| 614 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
| 615 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
| 616 | |
| 617 /* copy the new text */ | |
| 618 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
| 619 offset += s_len; | |
| 620 | |
| 621 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
| 622 { | |
| 623 /* insert post-padding */ | |
| 624 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
| 625 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
| 626 oldp++; | |
| 627 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
| 628 count++; | |
| 629 } | |
| 630 | |
| 631 if (spaces > 0) | |
| 632 offset += count; | |
| 1622 | 633 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
| 7 | 634 |
| 635 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 636 | |
| 637 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
| 640 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
| 641 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
| 642 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
| 643 } | |
| 644 } /* for all lnum */ | |
| 645 | |
| 646 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 647 | |
| 648 State = oldstate; | |
| 649 } | |
| 650 #endif | |
| 651 | |
| 652 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 653 /* | |
| 654 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
| 655 */ | |
| 656 void | |
| 657 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
| 658 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 659 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 660 { | |
| 661 long i; | |
| 662 char_u *l; | |
| 663 int count; | |
| 664 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
| 665 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
| 666 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 667 | |
| 216 | 668 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
| 669 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
| 670 { | |
| 671 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
| 672 return; | |
| 673 } | |
| 674 | |
| 7 | 675 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
| 676 { | |
| 677 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
| 678 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
| 679 | |
| 680 if (i > 1 | |
| 681 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
| 682 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
| 683 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
| 684 | |
| 685 /* | |
| 686 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
| 687 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
| 688 */ | |
| 689 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 690 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
| 691 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
| 692 #endif | |
| 693 { | |
| 694 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 695 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
| 696 count = 0; | |
| 697 else | |
| 698 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
| 699 | |
| 700 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
| 703 if (first_changed == 0) | |
| 704 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 705 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 706 } | |
| 707 } | |
| 708 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 709 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
| 7 | 710 } |
| 711 | |
| 712 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
| 713 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
| 714 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
| 715 | |
| 716 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
| 717 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
| 718 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
| 719 if (last_changed != 0) | |
| 720 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
| 721 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
| 722 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
| 723 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
| 724 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
| 725 | |
| 726 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
| 727 { | |
| 728 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
| 729 if (i == 1) | |
| 730 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
| 731 else | |
| 732 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
| 733 } | |
| 734 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
| 735 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 736 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
| 737 } | |
| 738 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
| 739 | |
| 740 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 741 /* | |
| 742 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
| 743 */ | |
| 744 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
| 745 | |
| 746 /* | |
| 747 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
| 748 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
| 749 */ | |
| 750 int | |
| 751 get_expr_register() | |
| 752 { | |
| 753 char_u *new_line; | |
| 754 | |
| 755 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
| 756 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 757 return NUL; | |
| 758 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
| 759 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 760 else | |
| 761 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
| 762 return '='; | |
| 763 } | |
| 764 | |
| 765 /* | |
| 766 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
| 767 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
| 768 */ | |
| 769 void | |
| 770 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
| 771 char_u *new_line; | |
| 772 { | |
| 773 vim_free(expr_line); | |
| 774 expr_line = new_line; | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 | |
| 777 /* | |
| 778 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
| 779 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
| 780 */ | |
| 781 char_u * | |
| 782 get_expr_line() | |
| 783 { | |
| 784 char_u *expr_copy; | |
| 785 char_u *rv; | |
| 994 | 786 static int nested = 0; |
| 7 | 787 |
| 788 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
| 789 return NULL; | |
| 790 | |
| 791 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
| 792 * changed. */ | |
| 793 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
| 794 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
| 795 return NULL; | |
| 796 | |
| 994 | 797 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
| 798 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
| 799 if (nested >= 10) | |
| 800 return expr_copy; | |
| 801 | |
| 802 ++nested; | |
| 714 | 803 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
| 994 | 804 --nested; |
| 7 | 805 vim_free(expr_copy); |
| 806 return rv; | |
| 807 } | |
| 283 | 808 |
| 809 /* | |
| 810 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
| 811 */ | |
| 812 char_u * | |
| 813 get_expr_line_src() | |
| 814 { | |
| 815 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
| 816 return NULL; | |
| 817 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
| 818 } | |
| 7 | 819 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
| 820 | |
| 821 /* | |
| 822 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
| 823 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
| 824 */ | |
| 825 int | |
| 826 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
| 827 int regname; | |
| 828 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
| 829 { | |
| 830 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
| 831 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
| 832 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 833 "/.%#:=" | |
| 834 #else | |
| 835 "/.%#:" | |
| 836 #endif | |
| 837 , regname) != NULL) | |
| 838 || regname == '"' | |
| 839 || regname == '-' | |
| 840 || regname == '_' | |
| 841 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 842 || regname == '*' | |
| 843 || regname == '+' | |
| 844 #endif | |
| 845 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 846 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
| 847 #endif | |
| 848 ) | |
| 849 return TRUE; | |
| 850 return FALSE; | |
| 851 } | |
| 852 | |
| 853 /* | |
| 854 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
| 855 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
| 140 | 856 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
| 7 | 857 * |
| 858 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
| 859 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
| 860 */ | |
| 15 | 861 void |
| 7 | 862 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
| 863 int regname; | |
| 864 int writing; | |
| 865 { | |
| 866 int i; | |
| 867 | |
| 868 y_append = FALSE; | |
| 869 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 y_current = y_previous; | |
| 872 return; | |
| 873 } | |
| 874 i = regname; | |
| 875 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
| 876 i -= '0'; | |
| 877 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
| 878 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
| 879 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
| 880 { | |
| 881 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
| 882 y_append = TRUE; | |
| 883 } | |
| 884 else if (regname == '-') | |
| 885 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
| 886 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 887 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
| 888 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
| 889 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
| 890 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
| 891 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
| 892 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
| 893 #endif | |
| 894 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 895 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
| 896 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
| 897 #endif | |
| 898 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
| 899 i = 0; | |
| 900 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
| 901 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
| 902 y_previous = y_current; | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 | |
| 15 | 905 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 906 /* |
| 907 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
| 908 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
| 909 */ | |
| 15 | 910 int |
| 7 | 911 may_get_selection(regname) |
| 912 int regname; | |
| 913 { | |
| 914 if (regname == '*') | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 if (!clip_star.available) | |
| 917 regname = 0; | |
| 918 else | |
| 919 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 920 } | |
| 921 else if (regname == '+') | |
| 922 { | |
| 923 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
| 924 regname = 0; | |
| 925 else | |
| 926 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 927 } | |
| 928 return regname; | |
| 929 } | |
| 930 #endif | |
| 931 | |
| 932 /* | |
| 933 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
| 934 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
| 935 */ | |
| 936 void * | |
| 937 get_register(name, copy) | |
| 938 int name; | |
| 939 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
| 940 { | |
| 1451 | 941 struct yankreg *reg; |
| 942 int i; | |
| 7 | 943 |
| 944 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 945 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
| 946 * selection too. */ | |
| 1435 | 947 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
| 7 | 948 { |
| 3674 | 949 if (clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 950 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 951 may_get_selection(name); | |
| 952 } | |
| 953 if (name == '+' && clip_plus.available) | |
| 954 { | |
| 955 if (clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 956 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 957 may_get_selection(name); |
| 958 } | |
| 959 #endif | |
| 960 | |
| 961 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
| 962 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
| 963 if (reg != NULL) | |
| 964 { | |
| 965 *reg = *y_current; | |
| 966 if (copy) | |
| 967 { | |
| 968 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
| 969 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
| 970 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
| 971 else | |
| 972 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
| 973 * reg->y_size)); | |
| 974 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
| 975 { | |
| 976 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
| 977 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 } | |
| 980 else | |
| 981 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 return (void *)reg; | |
| 984 } | |
| 985 | |
| 986 /* | |
| 1451 | 987 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
| 7 | 988 */ |
| 989 void | |
| 990 put_register(name, reg) | |
| 991 int name; | |
| 992 void *reg; | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
| 995 free_yank_all(); | |
| 996 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
| 1451 | 997 vim_free(reg); |
| 7 | 998 |
| 5735 | 999 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 7 | 1000 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ |
| 1001 may_set_selection(); | |
| 5735 | 1002 #endif |
| 7 | 1003 } |
| 4209 | 1004 |
| 1005 void | |
| 1006 free_register(reg) | |
| 1007 void *reg; | |
| 1008 { | |
| 1009 struct yankreg tmp; | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 tmp = *y_current; | |
| 1012 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
| 1013 free_yank_all(); | |
| 1014 vim_free(reg); | |
| 1015 *y_current = tmp; | |
| 1016 } | |
| 7 | 1017 |
| 1018 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1019 /* | |
| 1020 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
| 1021 */ | |
| 1022 int | |
| 1023 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
| 1024 int regname; | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
| 1027 return FALSE; | |
| 1028 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
| 1029 return FALSE; | |
| 1030 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 1031 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
| 1032 } | |
| 1033 #endif | |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 /* | |
| 1157 | 1036 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
| 7 | 1037 * |
| 1157 | 1038 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
| 7 | 1039 */ |
| 1040 int | |
| 1041 do_record(c) | |
| 1042 int c; | |
| 1043 { | |
| 1157 | 1044 char_u *p; |
| 1045 static int regname; | |
| 1046 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
| 1047 int retval; | |
| 7 | 1048 |
| 1049 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
| 1050 { | |
| 1051 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
| 1052 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
| 1053 retval = FAIL; | |
| 1054 else | |
| 1055 { | |
| 1056 Recording = TRUE; | |
| 1057 showmode(); | |
| 1058 regname = c; | |
| 1059 retval = OK; | |
| 1060 } | |
| 1061 } | |
| 1062 else /* stop recording */ | |
| 1063 { | |
| 1064 /* | |
| 1157 | 1065 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
| 1066 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
| 1067 * adds the escaping back later. | |
| 7 | 1068 */ |
| 1069 Recording = FALSE; | |
| 1070 MSG(""); | |
| 1071 p = get_recorded(); | |
| 1072 if (p == NULL) | |
| 1073 retval = FAIL; | |
| 1074 else | |
| 1075 { | |
| 1081 | 1076 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
| 1077 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
| 1078 | |
| 7 | 1079 /* |
| 1080 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
| 1081 * restore the current register name. | |
| 1082 */ | |
| 1083 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
| 1084 old_y_current = y_current; | |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
| 1089 y_current = old_y_current; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 } | |
| 1092 return retval; | |
| 1093 } | |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 /* | |
| 1096 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
| 1097 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
| 1098 * | |
| 1099 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 1100 */ | |
| 1101 static int | |
| 1102 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
| 1103 int regname; | |
| 1104 char_u *p; | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 char_u *lp; | |
| 1107 char_u **pp; | |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 /* check for read-only register */ | |
| 1110 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 vim_free(p); | |
| 1113 return FAIL; | |
| 1114 } | |
| 1115 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
| 1116 { | |
| 1117 vim_free(p); | |
| 1118 return OK; | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
| 1121 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
| 1124 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
| 1125 if (lp == NULL) | |
| 1126 { | |
| 1127 vim_free(p); | |
| 1128 return FAIL; | |
| 1129 } | |
| 1130 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
| 1131 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
| 1132 vim_free(p); | |
| 1133 vim_free(*pp); | |
| 1134 *pp = lp; | |
| 1135 } | |
| 1136 else | |
| 1137 { | |
| 1138 free_yank_all(); | |
| 1139 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
| 1140 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
| 1141 { | |
| 1142 vim_free(p); | |
| 1143 return FAIL; | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
| 1146 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
| 1147 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
| 1148 } | |
| 1149 return OK; | |
| 1150 } | |
| 1151 | |
| 1893 | 1152 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
| 1153 | |
| 7 | 1154 /* |
| 1155 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
| 1156 * | |
| 1157 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 1158 */ | |
| 1159 int | |
| 1034 | 1160 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
| 7 | 1161 int regname; |
| 1162 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
| 1163 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
| 1034 | 1164 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
| 7 | 1165 { |
| 1166 long i; | |
| 1167 char_u *p; | |
| 1168 int retval = OK; | |
| 1169 int remap; | |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
| 168 | 1172 { |
| 1893 | 1173 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
| 168 | 1174 { |
| 1175 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
| 1176 return FAIL; | |
| 1177 } | |
| 1893 | 1178 regname = execreg_lastc; |
| 168 | 1179 } |
| 7 | 1180 /* check for valid regname */ |
| 1181 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
| 168 | 1182 { |
| 1183 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
| 7 | 1184 return FAIL; |
| 168 | 1185 } |
| 1893 | 1186 execreg_lastc = regname; |
| 7 | 1187 |
| 1188 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 1189 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
| 1190 #endif | |
| 1191 | |
| 1192 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
| 1193 return OK; | |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
| 1196 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
| 1199 { | |
| 1200 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
| 1201 return FAIL; | |
| 1202 } | |
| 1203 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
| 1204 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
| 16 | 1205 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
| 1206 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
| 20 | 1207 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
| 16 | 1208 if (p != NULL) |
| 480 | 1209 { |
| 1210 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
| 1211 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
| 1212 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
| 1077 | 1213 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
| 480 | 1214 else |
| 1077 | 1215 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
| 480 | 1216 } |
| 16 | 1217 vim_free(p); |
| 7 | 1218 } |
| 1219 #endif | |
| 1220 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1221 else if (regname == '=') | |
| 1222 { | |
| 1223 p = get_expr_line(); | |
| 1224 if (p == NULL) | |
| 1225 return FAIL; | |
| 1077 | 1226 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
| 7 | 1227 vim_free(p); |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 #endif | |
| 1230 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
| 1233 if (p == NULL) | |
| 1234 { | |
| 1235 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 1236 return FAIL; | |
| 1237 } | |
| 1077 | 1238 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
| 7 | 1239 vim_free(p); |
| 1240 } | |
| 1241 else | |
| 1242 { | |
| 1243 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 1244 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 1245 return FAIL; | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
| 1248 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 /* | |
| 1251 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
| 1252 */ | |
| 1034 | 1253 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
| 7 | 1254 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
| 1255 { | |
| 1077 | 1256 char_u *escaped; |
| 1257 | |
| 7 | 1258 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
| 1259 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
| 1260 || addcr) | |
| 1261 { | |
| 1034 | 1262 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 1263 return FAIL; |
| 1264 } | |
| 1077 | 1265 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
| 1266 if (escaped == NULL) | |
| 1267 return FAIL; | |
| 1268 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
| 1269 vim_free(escaped); | |
| 1270 if (retval == FAIL) | |
| 7 | 1271 return FAIL; |
| 1034 | 1272 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
| 7 | 1273 == FAIL) |
| 1274 return FAIL; | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
| 1277 } | |
| 1278 return retval; | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 /* | |
| 1282 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
| 1283 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
| 1284 */ | |
| 1285 static void | |
| 1034 | 1286 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
| 1287 int silent; | |
| 7 | 1288 { |
| 1289 char_u buf[3]; | |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 1292 { | |
| 1293 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 1294 { | |
| 1295 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
| 1296 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
| 1297 buf[2] = NUL; | |
| 1298 } | |
| 1299 else | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
| 1302 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 1303 } | |
| 1034 | 1304 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
| 7 | 1305 restart_edit = NUL; |
| 1306 } | |
| 1307 } | |
| 1308 | |
|
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1309 /* |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1310 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1311 * executed again. |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1312 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1313 * no remapping. |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1314 */ |
| 7 | 1315 static int |
| 1077 | 1316 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
| 7 | 1317 char_u *s; |
|
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1318 int esc; |
| 7 | 1319 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
| 1034 | 1320 int silent; |
| 7 | 1321 { |
| 1322 int retval = OK; | |
| 1323 | |
| 1034 | 1324 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
| 7 | 1325 if (colon) |
|
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1326 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
| 7 | 1327 if (retval == OK) |
| 1077 | 1328 { |
| 1329 char_u *p; | |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 if (esc) | |
| 1332 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
| 1333 else | |
| 1334 p = s; | |
| 1335 if (p == NULL) | |
| 1336 retval = FAIL; | |
| 1337 else | |
|
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1338 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
|
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1339 0, TRUE, silent); |
| 1077 | 1340 if (esc) |
| 1341 vim_free(p); | |
| 1342 } | |
| 7 | 1343 if (colon && retval == OK) |
|
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1344 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
| 7 | 1345 return retval; |
| 1346 } | |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 /* | |
| 1349 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
| 1350 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
| 1351 * | |
| 1352 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 1353 */ | |
| 1354 int | |
| 1355 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
| 1356 int regname; | |
| 1357 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 long i; | |
| 1360 int retval = OK; | |
| 1361 char_u *arg; | |
| 1362 int allocated; | |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 /* | |
| 1365 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
| 1366 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
| 1367 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
| 1368 */ | |
| 1369 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 1370 if (got_int) | |
| 1371 return FAIL; | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 /* check for valid regname */ | |
| 1374 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
| 1375 return FAIL; | |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 1378 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
| 1379 #endif | |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
| 1382 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
| 1383 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 if (arg == NULL) | |
| 1386 return FAIL; | |
| 1387 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
| 1388 if (allocated) | |
| 1389 vim_free(arg); | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 else /* name or number register */ | |
| 1392 { | |
| 1393 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 1394 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 1395 retval = FAIL; | |
| 1396 else | |
| 1397 { | |
| 1398 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
| 1399 { | |
| 1400 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
| 1403 * y_type is MLINE. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
| 1406 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
| 1407 } | |
| 1408 } | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 return retval; | |
| 1412 } | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 /* | |
| 1415 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
| 1416 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
| 1417 */ | |
| 1418 static void | |
| 1419 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
| 1420 char_u *arg; | |
| 1421 int literally; | |
| 1422 { | |
| 1423 int c; | |
| 1424 char_u *start; | |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 while (*arg != NUL) | |
| 1427 { | |
| 1428 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
| 1429 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
| 1430 * is TRUE. */ | |
| 1431 start = arg; | |
| 1432 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
| 1433 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
| 1434 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
| 1435 #endif | |
| 1436 ) | |
| 1437 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
| 1438 ++arg; | |
| 1439 if (arg > start) | |
| 1440 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
| 1443 if (*arg != NUL) | |
| 1444 { | |
| 1445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1446 if (has_mbyte) | |
|
2446
348f64c129df
Fixed: CTRL-R in Insert mode doesn't insert composing characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1447 c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&arg); |
| 7 | 1448 else |
| 1449 #endif | |
| 1450 c = *arg++; | |
| 1451 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
| 1452 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1453 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 /* | |
| 1157 | 1459 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
| 1460 * value in "argp". | |
| 7 | 1461 */ |
| 15 | 1462 int |
| 7 | 1463 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
| 1464 int regname; | |
| 1465 char_u **argp; | |
| 1157 | 1466 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
| 7 | 1467 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 int cnt; | |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 *argp = NULL; | |
| 1472 *allocated = FALSE; | |
| 1473 switch (regname) | |
| 1474 { | |
| 1475 case '%': /* file name */ | |
| 1476 if (errmsg) | |
| 1477 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
| 1478 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
| 1479 return TRUE; | |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
| 1482 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
| 1483 return TRUE; | |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1486 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
| 1487 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
| 1488 *allocated = TRUE; | |
| 1489 return TRUE; | |
| 1490 #endif | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
| 1493 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
| 1494 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
| 1495 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
| 1496 return TRUE; | |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
| 1499 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
| 1500 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
| 1501 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
| 1502 return TRUE; | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
| 1505 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
| 1506 *allocated = TRUE; | |
| 1507 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
| 1508 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 1509 return TRUE; | |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 1512 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
| 1513 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
| 1514 if (!errmsg) | |
| 1515 return FALSE; | |
| 1516 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
| 681 | 1517 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
| 7 | 1518 *allocated = TRUE; |
| 1519 return TRUE; | |
| 1520 #endif | |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
| 1523 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
| 1524 if (!errmsg) | |
| 1525 return FALSE; | |
| 1526 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
| 1527 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
| 1528 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
| 1529 *allocated = TRUE; | |
| 1530 return TRUE; | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
| 1533 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1534 return TRUE; | |
| 1535 } | |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 return FALSE; | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 /* | |
| 15 | 1541 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
| 1542 * Only for non-special registers. | |
| 1543 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
| 7 | 1544 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
| 1545 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
| 1546 * | |
| 1547 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 1548 */ | |
| 1549 int | |
| 1015 | 1550 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
| 7 | 1551 int regname; |
| 1552 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
| 1015 | 1553 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
| 7 | 1554 { |
| 1555 long i; | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 1558 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 1559 return FAIL; | |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
| 1562 { | |
| 1563 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
| 1564 | |
| 1015 | 1565 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
| 1566 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
| 1567 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
| 1568 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
| 1569 && !(remcr | |
| 1570 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
| 1571 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
| 7 | 1572 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
| 1575 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
| 1576 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 1577 if (got_int) | |
| 1578 return FAIL; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 return OK; | |
| 1581 } | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1584 /* | |
| 1585 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
| 1586 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
| 1587 */ | |
| 1588 void | |
| 1589 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
| 1590 int *rp; | |
| 1591 { | |
| 2654 | 1592 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" or "unnamedplus" is in 'clipboard', |
| 1593 * use '*' or '+' reg, respectively. "unnamedplus" prevails. */ | |
| 1594 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed != 0) | |
| 1595 *rp = ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && clip_plus.available) | |
| 1596 ? '+' : '*'; | |
| 7 | 1597 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') |
| 1598 *rp = 0; | |
| 1599 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
| 1600 *rp = 0; | |
| 1601 } | |
| 1602 #endif | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 /* | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1605 * Handle a delete operation. |
| 7 | 1606 * |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1607 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
| 7 | 1608 */ |
| 1609 int | |
| 1610 op_delete(oap) | |
| 1611 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 1612 { | |
| 1613 int n; | |
| 1614 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1615 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1616 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
| 1617 struct block_def bd; | |
| 1618 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1619 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
| 3782 | 1620 int orig_regname = oap->regname; |
| 7 | 1621 |
| 1622 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 1623 return OK; | |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
| 1626 if (oap->empty) | |
| 1627 return u_save_cursor(); | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
| 1632 return FAIL; | |
| 1633 } | |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 1636 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
| 1637 #endif | |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1640 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1641 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
| 1642 #endif | |
| 1643 | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1644 /* |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1645 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1646 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1647 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1648 */ |
| 7 | 1649 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
| 1650 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
| 50 | 1651 && !oap->block_mode |
| 7 | 1652 && oap->line_count > 1 |
| 3254 | 1653 && oap->motion_force == NUL |
| 7 | 1654 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) |
| 1655 { | |
| 2957 | 1656 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col; |
| 1657 if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 1658 ptr += oap->inclusive; | |
| 7 | 1659 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); |
| 1660 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
| 1661 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
| 1662 } | |
| 1663 | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1664 /* |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1665 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1666 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1667 */ |
| 7 | 1668 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
| 1669 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
| 1670 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
| 1671 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
| 1672 { | |
| 1673 /* | |
| 446 | 1674 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
| 7 | 1675 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
| 1676 */ | |
| 446 | 1677 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 1678 if (virtual_op) | |
| 1679 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
| 1680 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
| 1681 goto setmarks; | |
| 1682 #endif | |
| 7 | 1683 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
| 1684 beep_flush(); | |
| 1685 return OK; | |
| 1686 } | |
| 1687 | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1688 /* |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1689 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1690 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1691 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1692 */ |
| 7 | 1693 if (oap->regname != '_') |
| 1694 { | |
| 1695 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 /* check for read-only register */ | |
| 1698 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 beep_flush(); | |
| 1701 return OK; | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
| 1704 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
| 1705 did_yank = TRUE; | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 /* | |
| 1709 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
| 1710 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
| 3782 | 1711 * Use the register name from before adjust_clip_reg() may have |
| 1712 * changed it. | |
| 7 | 1713 */ |
| 3782 | 1714 if (orig_regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE |
| 7 | 1715 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) |
| 1716 { | |
| 1717 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
| 1718 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
| 1719 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
| 1720 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
| 1721 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
| 1722 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
| 1723 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 1724 did_yank = TRUE; | |
| 1725 } | |
| 1726 | |
| 3468 | 1727 /* Yank into small delete register when no named register specified |
| 1728 * and the delete is within one line. */ | |
| 1729 if (( | |
| 1730 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3584 | 1731 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED) && oap->regname == '*') || |
| 1732 ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && oap->regname == '+') || | |
| 3468 | 1733 #endif |
| 1734 oap->regname == 0) && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
| 7 | 1735 && oap->line_count == 1) |
| 1736 { | |
| 1737 oap->regname = '-'; | |
| 1738 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
| 1739 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 1740 did_yank = TRUE; | |
| 1741 oap->regname = 0; | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 /* | |
| 1745 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
| 1746 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
| 1747 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
| 1748 * want. | |
| 1749 */ | |
| 1750 if (!did_yank) | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
| 1755 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
| 1756 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
| 1757 if (n != 'y') | |
| 1758 { | |
| 1759 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
| 1760 return FAIL; | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 } | |
| 1764 | |
|
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1765 /* |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1766 * block mode delete |
|
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1767 */ |
| 7 | 1768 if (oap->block_mode) |
| 1769 { | |
| 1770 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
| 1771 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 1772 return FAIL; | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
| 1775 { | |
| 1776 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1777 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 1778 continue; | |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
| 1781 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1782 { | |
| 1783 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
| 1784 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1785 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1786 # endif | |
| 1787 } | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
| 1790 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
| 1791 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
| 1792 */ | |
| 1793 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
| 1794 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 1795 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
| 1796 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 1797 continue; | |
| 1798 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
| 1799 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
| 1800 /* insert spaces */ | |
| 1801 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
| 1802 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
| 1803 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
| 1804 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
| 1622 | 1805 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
| 7 | 1806 /* replace the line */ |
| 1807 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 1808 } | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 1811 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1812 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 1813 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
| 1814 } | |
| 5735 | 1815 else if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) |
| 7 | 1816 { |
| 1817 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
| 1818 { | |
| 1819 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
| 1820 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
| 1821 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
| 1822 */ | |
| 1823 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1826 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1827 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
| 1828 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 1831 return FAIL; | |
| 1832 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
| 1833 { | |
| 1834 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
| 1835 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
| 1836 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1837 } | |
| 1838 else | |
| 1839 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
| 1840 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
| 1841 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
| 1842 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
| 1843 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
| 1844 } | |
| 1845 else | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
| 1848 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
| 1849 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
| 1850 } | |
| 1851 } | |
| 1852 else | |
| 1853 { | |
| 1854 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1855 if (virtual_op) | |
| 1856 { | |
| 1857 int endcol = 0; | |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
| 1860 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
| 1863 return FAIL; | |
| 1864 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
| 1865 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
| 1866 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
| 1867 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1868 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
| 1869 { | |
| 1870 coladvance(endcol); | |
| 1871 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1872 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 1873 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 } | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
| 1878 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
| 1879 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
| 1880 { | |
| 1881 /* save last line for undo */ | |
| 1882 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
| 1883 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 1884 return FAIL; | |
| 1885 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
| 1886 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
| 1887 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1888 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
| 1889 } | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 #endif | |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
| 1896 return FAIL; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
| 5735 | 1899 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL |
| 7 | 1900 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE |
| 1901 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 5735 | 1902 && !oap->is_VIsual) |
| 7 | 1903 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1908 if (virtual_op) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
| 1911 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
| 1912 */ | |
| 1913 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1914 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
| 1917 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
| 1918 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
| 1919 n++; | |
| 1920 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
| 1921 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
| 1922 n = 1; | |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
| 1925 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 1926 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1927 } | |
| 1928 #endif | |
| 3093 | 1929 if (oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
| 1930 && oap->inclusive | |
| 1931 && oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 2957 | 1932 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
| 1935 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 else | |
| 1938 { | |
| 5735 | 1939 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, |
| 1940 oap->op_type == OP_DELETE && !oap->is_VIsual); | |
| 2957 | 1941 } |
| 7 | 1942 } |
| 1943 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
| 1944 { | |
| 1945 pos_T curpos; | |
| 3372 | 1946 int delete_last_line; |
| 7 | 1947 |
| 1948 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
| 1949 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
| 1950 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
| 1951 return FAIL; | |
| 1952 | |
| 3372 | 1953 delete_last_line = (oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count); |
| 7 | 1954 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 1957 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1958 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
| 1959 | |
| 3400 | 1960 if (delete_last_line) |
| 1961 oap->end.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 1962 | |
| 2957 | 1963 n = (oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive); |
| 3372 | 1964 if (oap->inclusive && delete_last_line |
| 2957 | 1965 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
| 1966 { | |
| 1967 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
| 1968 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
| 1969 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3252 | 1970 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 1971 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 2957 | 1972 } |
| 1973 else | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
| 1976 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5735 | 1977 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, |
| 1978 oap->op_type == OP_DELETE && !oap->is_VIsual); | |
| 2957 | 1979 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
| 1980 } | |
| 1981 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3562 | 1982 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 1983 } |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
| 1987 | |
| 446 | 1988 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 1989 setmarks: | |
| 1990 #endif | |
| 7 | 1991 if (oap->block_mode) |
| 1992 { | |
| 1993 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
| 1994 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 else | |
| 1997 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
| 1998 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 return OK; | |
| 2001 } | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 /* | |
| 2005 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
| 2006 * Used for deletion. | |
| 2007 */ | |
| 2008 static void | |
| 2009 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
| 2010 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 char_u *p; | |
| 2013 | |
| 2014 if (oap->inclusive) | |
| 2015 { | |
| 2016 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
| 2017 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 #endif | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2023 /* | |
| 2024 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
| 2025 */ | |
| 2026 int | |
| 2027 op_replace(oap, c) | |
| 2028 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2029 int c; | |
| 2030 { | |
| 2031 int n, numc; | |
| 2032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2033 int num_chars; | |
| 2034 #endif | |
| 2035 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
| 2036 size_t oldlen; | |
| 2037 struct block_def bd; | |
| 5428 | 2038 char_u *after_p = NULL; |
| 2039 int had_ctrl_v_cr = (c == -1 || c == -2); | |
| 7 | 2040 |
| 2041 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
| 2042 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 2043 | |
| 5428 | 2044 if (had_ctrl_v_cr) |
| 2045 c = (c == -1 ? '\r' : '\n'); | |
| 2046 | |
| 7 | 2047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2048 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2049 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
| 2050 #endif | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
| 2053 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 2054 return FAIL; | |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 /* | |
| 2057 * block mode replace | |
| 2058 */ | |
| 2059 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 2060 { | |
| 2061 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
| 2062 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2063 { | |
| 1982 | 2064 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
| 7 | 2065 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
| 2066 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
| 2067 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
| 2070 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
| 2071 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
| 2072 */ | |
| 2073 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2074 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
| 2075 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
| 2076 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
| 2077 { | |
| 2078 pos_T vpos; | |
| 2079 | |
| 1982 | 2080 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2081 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
| 2082 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
| 2083 n = bd.startspaces; | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 else | |
| 2086 #endif | |
| 2087 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
| 2088 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 /* allow for post spp */ | |
| 2091 n += (bd.endspaces | |
| 2092 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2093 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
| 2094 #endif | |
| 2095 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
| 2096 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
| 2097 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
| 2098 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
| 2099 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2102 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
| 2103 * times. */ | |
| 2104 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
| 2105 { | |
| 2106 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
| 2107 { | |
| 2108 ++bd.endspaces; | |
| 2109 ++n; | |
| 2110 } | |
| 2111 numc = numc / 2; | |
| 2112 } | |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
| 2115 num_chars = numc; | |
| 2116 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
| 2117 #endif | |
| 2118 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
| 2119 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 2122 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
| 2124 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2125 continue; | |
| 2126 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
| 2127 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
| 2128 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
| 2129 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
| 2130 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
| 2131 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
| 2132 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
| 5428 | 2133 /* -1/-2 is used for entering CR literally. */ |
| 2134 if (had_ctrl_v_cr || (c != '\r' && c != '\n')) | |
| 7 | 2135 { |
| 5428 | 2136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2137 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); | |
| 2140 while (--num_chars >= 0) | |
| 2141 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 else | |
| 2144 #endif | |
| 2145 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
| 2146 if (!bd.is_short) | |
| 2147 { | |
| 2148 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
| 2149 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
| 2150 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
| 2151 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); | |
| 2152 } | |
| 7 | 2153 } |
| 2154 else | |
| 2155 { | |
| 5428 | 2156 /* Replacing with \r or \n means splitting the line. */ |
| 5475 | 2157 after_p = alloc_check( |
| 2158 (unsigned)(oldlen + 1 + n - STRLEN(newp))); | |
| 5428 | 2159 if (after_p != NULL) |
| 2160 STRMOVE(after_p, oldp); | |
| 7 | 2161 } |
| 2162 /* replace the line */ | |
| 2163 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 5428 | 2164 if (after_p != NULL) |
| 2165 { | |
| 2166 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum++, after_p, 0, FALSE); | |
| 2167 appended_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 2168 oap->end.lnum++; | |
| 2169 vim_free(after_p); | |
| 2170 } | |
| 7 | 2171 } |
| 2172 } | |
| 2173 else | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 /* | |
| 2176 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
| 2177 */ | |
| 2178 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
| 2179 { | |
| 2180 oap->start.col = 0; | |
| 2181 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 2182 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
| 2183 if (oap->end.col) | |
| 2184 --oap->end.col; | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
| 2187 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 2192 if (n != NUL) | |
| 2193 { | |
| 2194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2195 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
| 2198 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
| 4203 | 2199 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
| 2200 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
| 7 | 2201 n = State; |
| 2202 State = REPLACE; | |
| 2203 ins_char(c); | |
| 2204 State = n; | |
| 2205 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
| 2206 dec_cursor(); | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 else | |
| 2209 #endif | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2212 if (n == TAB) | |
| 2213 { | |
| 2214 int end_vcol = 0; | |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
| 2217 { | |
| 2218 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
| 2219 * the tab breaks */ | |
| 2220 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
| 2221 oap->end.coladd); | |
| 2222 } | |
| 2223 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2224 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
| 2225 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
| 2226 } | |
| 2227 #endif | |
| 2228 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
| 2229 } | |
| 2230 } | |
| 2231 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2232 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
| 2233 { | |
| 2234 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
| 2237 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
| 2238 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
| 2241 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
| 2242 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
| 2243 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
| 2244 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
| 2245 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
| 2248 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
| 2249 break; | |
| 2250 } | |
| 2251 } | |
| 2252 #endif | |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
| 2255 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
| 2256 break; | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 } | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
| 2261 check_cursor(); | |
| 2262 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
| 2265 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 2266 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 return OK; | |
| 2269 } | |
| 2270 #endif | |
| 2271 | |
| 1525 | 2272 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
| 2273 | |
| 7 | 2274 /* |
| 2275 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
| 2276 */ | |
| 2277 void | |
| 2278 op_tilde(oap) | |
| 2279 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2280 { | |
| 2281 pos_T pos; | |
| 2282 struct block_def bd; | |
| 1528 | 2283 int did_change = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2284 |
| 2285 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
| 2286 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 2287 return; | |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 pos = oap->start; | |
| 2290 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
| 2291 { | |
| 2292 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
| 2293 { | |
| 1766 | 2294 int one_change; |
| 2295 | |
| 7 | 2296 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
| 2297 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
| 1766 | 2298 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
| 2299 did_change |= one_change; | |
| 1525 | 2300 |
| 5735 | 2301 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 2302 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
| 7 | 2303 { |
| 2304 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2305 | |
| 33 | 2306 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
| 2307 (long)bd.textlen); | |
| 7 | 2308 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
| 2210 | 2309 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
| 7 | 2310 } |
| 5735 | 2311 #endif |
| 7 | 2312 } |
| 2313 if (did_change) | |
| 2314 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 else /* not block mode */ | |
| 2317 { | |
| 2318 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
| 2319 { | |
| 2320 oap->start.col = 0; | |
| 2321 pos.col = 0; | |
| 2322 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
| 2323 if (oap->end.col) | |
| 2324 --oap->end.col; | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
| 2327 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
| 2328 | |
| 1528 | 2329 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
| 2330 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
| 2331 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
| 2332 else | |
| 2333 for (;;) | |
| 2334 { | |
| 2335 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
| 2336 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
| 2337 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
| 2338 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
| 2339 break; | |
| 2340 } | |
| 7 | 2341 if (did_change) |
| 2342 { | |
| 2343 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
| 2344 0L); | |
| 2345 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2346 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
| 7 | 2347 { |
| 2348 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2349 int count; | |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 pos = oap->start; | |
| 2352 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
| 2353 { | |
| 2354 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 835 | 2355 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
| 33 | 2356 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
| 7 | 2357 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
| 2210 | 2358 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
| 7 | 2359 pos.col = 0; |
| 2360 pos.lnum++; | |
| 2361 } | |
| 2362 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2363 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
| 33 | 2364 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
| 7 | 2365 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
| 2210 | 2366 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
| 7 | 2367 } |
| 2368 #endif | |
| 2369 } | |
| 2370 } | |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
| 2373 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
| 2374 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 /* | |
| 2377 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
| 2378 */ | |
| 2379 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 2380 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
| 2385 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
| 2386 else | |
| 2387 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
| 2388 } | |
| 2389 } | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 /* | |
| 1525 | 2392 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
| 2393 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
| 2394 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
| 2395 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
| 2396 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
| 2397 */ | |
| 2398 static int | |
| 2399 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
| 2400 int op_type; | |
| 2401 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2402 int length; | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 int todo; | |
| 2405 int did_change = 0; | |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
| 2408 { | |
| 2409 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2410 if (has_mbyte) | |
|
5288
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2411 { |
|
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2412 int len = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)); |
|
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2413 |
| 1525 | 2414 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ |
|
5288
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2415 if (len > 0) |
|
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2416 todo -= len - 1; |
|
46cf49cc9289
updated for version 7.4b.020
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5245
diff
changeset
|
2417 } |
| 1525 | 2418 # endif |
| 2419 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
| 2420 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
| 2421 break; | |
| 2422 } | |
| 2423 return did_change; | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 | |
| 2426 /* | |
| 7 | 2427 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
| 2428 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
| 2429 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
| 2430 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
| 2431 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
| 2432 */ | |
| 2433 int | |
| 2434 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
| 2435 int op_type; | |
| 2436 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2437 { | |
| 2438 int c; | |
| 2439 int nc; | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
| 2444 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
| 2445 return FALSE; | |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1525 | 2448 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
| 2449 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
| 493 | 2450 { |
| 2451 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
| 2454 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 2455 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2456 ins_char('S'); | |
| 2457 ins_char('S'); | |
| 2458 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
| 2459 inc(pos); | |
| 2460 } | |
| 2461 | |
| 7 | 2462 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
| 2463 return FALSE; | |
| 2464 #endif | |
| 2465 nc = c; | |
| 2466 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2467 { | |
| 2468 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
| 2469 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
| 2470 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
| 2471 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2474 { | |
| 2475 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
| 2476 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
| 2477 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
| 2478 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
| 2479 } | |
| 2480 if (nc != c) | |
| 2481 { | |
| 2482 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2483 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
| 2484 { | |
| 2485 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
|
2451
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2488 /* don't use del_char(), it also removes composing chars */ |
|
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2489 del_bytes(utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()), FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2490 ins_char(nc); |
| 2491 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 else | |
| 2494 #endif | |
| 2495 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
| 2496 return TRUE; | |
| 2497 } | |
| 2498 return FALSE; | |
| 2499 } | |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2502 /* | |
| 2503 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
| 2504 */ | |
| 2505 void | |
| 2506 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
| 2507 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2508 long count1; | |
| 2509 { | |
| 2510 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
| 2511 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
| 2512 struct block_def bd; | |
| 2513 int i; | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
| 2516 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
| 2519 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
| 2520 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 2523 { | |
| 2524 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2525 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
| 2526 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
| 2527 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
| 2528 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
| 2529 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
| 2534 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 2535 return; | |
| 2536 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
| 2537 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
| 2538 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 2539 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2540 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 #endif | |
| 2543 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
| 2544 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
| 2545 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
| 2546 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 2547 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
| 2548 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
| 2549 } | |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 if (oap->block_mode | |
| 2554 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2555 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
| 2556 #endif | |
| 2557 ) | |
| 2558 { | |
| 2559 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
| 2560 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 2561 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
| 2562 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
| 2563 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2564 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
| 2567 * values in "bd". */ | |
| 2568 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 2569 return; | |
| 2570 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
| 2571 ins_char(' '); | |
| 2572 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
| 2573 } | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 else | |
| 2576 { | |
| 2577 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
| 893 | 2578 check_cursor_col(); |
| 7 | 2579 |
| 2580 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
| 2581 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2582 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
| 2583 inc_cursor(); | |
| 2584 } | |
| 2585 } | |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
| 2588 | |
| 1477 | 2589 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
| 2590 * nothing. | |
| 2591 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
| 2592 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
| 7 | 2593 return; |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 2596 { | |
| 2597 struct block_def bd2; | |
| 2598 | |
| 5471 | 2599 /* The user may have moved the cursor before inserting something, try |
| 2600 * to adjust the block for that. */ | |
| 5680 | 2601 if (oap->start.lnum == curbuf->b_op_start_orig.lnum && !bd.is_MAX) |
| 5471 | 2602 { |
| 2603 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT | |
| 5730 | 2604 && oap->start.col |
| 2605 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2606 + oap->start.coladd | |
| 2607 #endif | |
| 2608 != curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col | |
| 2609 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2610 + curbuf->b_op_start_orig.coladd | |
| 2611 #endif | |
| 2612 ) | |
| 5471 | 2613 { |
| 5680 | 2614 oap->start.col = curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col; |
| 5471 | 2615 pre_textlen -= getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd) |
| 2616 - oap->start_vcol; | |
| 2617 oap->start_vcol = getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd); | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
| 5730 | 2620 && oap->end.col |
| 2621 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2622 + oap->end.coladd | |
| 2623 #endif | |
| 2624 >= curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col | |
| 2625 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2626 + curbuf->b_op_start_orig.coladd | |
| 2627 #endif | |
| 2628 ) | |
| 5471 | 2629 { |
| 5680 | 2630 oap->start.col = curbuf->b_op_start_orig.col; |
| 5471 | 2631 /* reset pre_textlen to the value of OP_INSERT */ |
| 2632 pre_textlen += bd.textlen; | |
| 2633 pre_textlen -= getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd) | |
| 2634 - oap->start_vcol; | |
| 2635 oap->start_vcol = getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd); | |
| 2636 oap->op_type = OP_INSERT; | |
| 2637 } | |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 | |
| 7 | 2640 /* |
| 2641 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
| 1392 | 2642 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
| 7 | 2643 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
| 2644 */ | |
| 2645 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
| 2646 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 2649 { | |
| 2650 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
| 2651 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
| 2652 --bd2.textlen; | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
| 2655 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
| 2656 } | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 /* | |
| 2659 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
| 2660 * copy of the required string. | |
| 2661 */ | |
| 2662 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
| 2663 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 2664 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
| 3421 | 2665 if (pre_textlen >= 0 |
| 2666 && (ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
| 7 | 2667 { |
| 2668 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
| 2669 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
| 2670 { | |
| 2671 /* block handled here */ | |
| 2672 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
| 2673 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
| 2674 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
| 2675 &bd); | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
| 2678 check_cursor(); | |
| 2679 vim_free(ins_text); | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 } | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 } | |
| 2684 #endif | |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 /* | |
| 2687 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
| 2688 * | |
| 2689 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
| 2690 */ | |
| 2691 int | |
| 2692 op_change(oap) | |
| 2693 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2694 { | |
| 2695 colnr_T l; | |
| 2696 int retval; | |
| 2697 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 2698 long offset; | |
| 2699 linenr_T linenr; | |
| 1392 | 2700 long ins_len; |
| 2701 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
| 2702 long pre_indent = 0; | |
| 7 | 2703 char_u *firstline; |
| 2704 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
| 2705 struct block_def bd; | |
| 2706 #endif | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 l = oap->start.col; | |
| 2709 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
| 2710 { | |
| 2711 l = 0; | |
| 2712 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 2713 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 2714 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2715 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 2716 # endif | |
| 2717 ) | |
| 2718 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
| 2719 #endif | |
| 2720 } | |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
| 2723 * save for undo */ | |
| 2724 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
| 2725 { | |
| 2726 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 2727 return FALSE; | |
| 2728 } | |
| 2729 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
| 2730 return FALSE; | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2733 && !virtual_op) | |
| 2734 inc_cursor(); | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 2737 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
| 2738 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
| 2739 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 2740 { | |
| 2741 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2742 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
| 2743 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 2744 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
| 2745 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2746 # endif | |
| 1392 | 2747 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
| 2748 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
| 2749 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
| 7 | 2750 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 #endif | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 2755 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
| 2756 fix_indent(); | |
| 2757 #endif | |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 2762 /* | |
| 39 | 2763 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
| 7 | 2764 * block. |
| 1477 | 2765 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
| 7 | 2766 */ |
| 1477 | 2767 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
| 7 | 2768 { |
| 1392 | 2769 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
| 2770 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 2771 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
| 1403 | 2772 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
| 7 | 2773 { |
| 1392 | 2774 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
| 2777 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
| 2778 } | |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
| 2781 if (ins_len > 0) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
| 2784 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 2785 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
| 2786 { | |
| 419 | 2787 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
| 7 | 2788 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
| 2789 linenr++) | |
| 2790 { | |
| 2791 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
| 2792 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
| 2793 { | |
| 2794 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2795 pos_T vpos; | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
| 2798 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
| 2799 if (bd.is_short) | |
| 2800 { | |
| 1982 | 2801 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
| 7 | 2802 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
| 2803 } | |
| 2804 else | |
| 2805 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
| 2806 # endif | |
| 2807 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
| 2808 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
| 2809 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2810 + vpos.coladd | |
| 2811 # endif | |
| 2812 + ins_len + 1)); | |
| 2813 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2814 continue; | |
| 2815 /* copy up to block start */ | |
| 2816 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
| 2817 offset = bd.textcol; | |
| 2818 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2819 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
| 2820 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
| 2821 # endif | |
| 2822 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
| 2823 offset += ins_len; | |
| 2824 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
| 1622 | 2825 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
| 7 | 2826 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
| 2827 } | |
| 2828 } | |
| 2829 check_cursor(); | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 vim_free(ins_text); | |
| 2834 } | |
| 2835 } | |
| 2836 #endif | |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 return retval; | |
| 2839 } | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 /* | |
| 2842 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
| 2843 */ | |
| 2844 void | |
| 2845 init_yank() | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 int i; | |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
| 2850 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 | |
| 356 | 2853 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 2854 void | |
| 2855 clear_registers() | |
| 2856 { | |
| 2857 int i; | |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
| 2860 { | |
| 2861 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
| 2862 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 2863 free_yank_all(); | |
| 2864 } | |
| 2865 } | |
| 2866 #endif | |
| 2867 | |
| 7 | 2868 /* |
| 2869 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
| 2870 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
| 2871 */ | |
| 2872 static void | |
| 2873 free_yank(n) | |
| 2874 long n; | |
| 2875 { | |
| 2876 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 2877 { | |
| 2878 long i; | |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 2881 { | |
| 2882 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
| 2883 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 /* | |
| 2886 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
| 2887 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
| 2888 */ | |
| 2889 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 2890 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
| 2891 --no_wait_return; | |
| 2892 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 2893 msg_col = 0; | |
| 2894 } | |
| 2895 #endif | |
| 2896 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
| 2897 } | |
| 2898 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
| 2899 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
| 2900 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 2901 if (n >= 1000) | |
| 2902 MSG(""); | |
| 2903 #endif | |
| 2904 } | |
| 2905 } | |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 static void | |
| 2908 free_yank_all() | |
| 2909 { | |
| 2910 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 /* | |
| 2914 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
| 2915 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
| 2916 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
| 2917 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
| 2918 * | |
|
5245
8c6615a30951
updated for version 7.4a.047
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5182
diff
changeset
|
2919 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
| 7 | 2920 */ |
| 2921 int | |
| 2922 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
| 2923 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 2924 int deleting; | |
| 2925 int mess; | |
| 2926 { | |
| 2927 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
| 2928 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
| 2929 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
| 2930 char_u **new_ptr; | |
| 2931 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2932 long j; | |
| 2933 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
| 2934 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
| 2935 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
| 2936 char_u *p; | |
| 2937 char_u *pnew; | |
| 2938 struct block_def bd; | |
| 2658 | 2939 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 2654 | 2940 int did_star = FALSE; |
| 2658 | 2941 #endif |
| 7 | 2942 |
| 2943 /* check for read-only register */ | |
| 2944 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 beep_flush(); | |
| 2947 return FAIL; | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
| 2950 return OK; | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 2953 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
| 2954 oap->regname = 0; | |
| 2955 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
| 2956 oap->regname = 0; | |
| 2957 #endif | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
| 2960 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 curr = y_current; | |
| 2963 /* append to existing contents */ | |
| 2964 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 2965 y_current = &newreg; | |
| 2966 else | |
| 2967 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
| 2968 | |
| 593 | 2969 /* |
| 2970 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
| 2971 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
| 2972 */ | |
| 7 | 2973 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
| 2974 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
| 2975 && !oap->inclusive | |
| 2976 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 50 | 2977 && !oap->block_mode |
| 7 | 2978 && oap->end.col == 0 |
| 2979 && yanklines > 1) | |
| 2980 { | |
| 2981 yanktype = MLINE; | |
| 2982 --yankendlnum; | |
| 2983 --yanklines; | |
| 2984 } | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
| 2987 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
| 2988 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
| 2989 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
| 2990 yanklines), TRUE); | |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 2993 { | |
| 2994 y_current = curr; | |
| 2995 return FAIL; | |
| 2996 } | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 y_idx = 0; | |
| 2999 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 3002 { | |
| 3003 /* Visual block mode */ | |
| 3004 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
| 3005 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
| 3008 y_current->y_width--; | |
| 3009 } | |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
| 3012 { | |
| 3013 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
| 3014 { | |
| 3015 case MBLOCK: | |
| 3016 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3017 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
| 3018 goto fail; | |
| 3019 break; | |
| 3020 | |
| 3021 case MLINE: | |
| 3022 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
| 3023 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
| 3024 goto fail; | |
| 3025 break; | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 case MCHAR: | |
| 3028 { | |
| 3029 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3030 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3031 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
| 3032 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
| 3033 #endif | |
| 3034 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 3035 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
| 3036 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
| 3039 { | |
| 3040 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
| 3041 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3042 if (virtual_op) | |
| 3043 { | |
| 3044 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
| 3045 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
| 3046 { | |
| 3047 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
| 3048 * double-count it. */ | |
| 3049 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
| 3050 - oap->start.coladd; | |
| 3051 startcol++; | |
| 3052 } | |
| 3053 } | |
| 3054 #endif | |
| 3055 } | |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
| 3058 { | |
| 3059 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
| 3060 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3061 if (virtual_op) | |
| 3062 { | |
| 3063 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
| 3064 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
| 3065 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3066 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
| 3067 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
| 3068 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
| 3069 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
| 3070 # endif | |
| 3071 )) | |
| 3072 { | |
| 3073 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
| 3074 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
| 3075 { | |
| 3076 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
| 3077 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
| 3078 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
| 3079 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
| 3080 endcol = startcol; | |
| 3081 } | |
| 3082 else | |
| 3083 { | |
| 3084 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
| 3085 + oap->inclusive; | |
| 3086 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 } | |
| 3089 } | |
| 3090 #endif | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3510 | 3092 if (endcol == MAXCOL) |
| 3093 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 7 | 3094 if (startcol > endcol |
| 3095 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3096 || is_oneChar | |
| 3097 #endif | |
| 3098 ) | |
| 3099 bd.textlen = 0; | |
| 3100 else | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; | |
| 3103 } | |
| 3104 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
| 3105 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
| 3106 goto fail; | |
| 3107 break; | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 } | |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
| 3114 { | |
| 3115 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
| 3116 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
| 3117 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
| 3118 goto fail; | |
| 3119 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
| 3120 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
| 3121 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
| 3122 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
| 3125 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
| 3126 | |
| 164 | 3127 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
| 3128 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
| 3129 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3130 { |
| 3131 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
| 3132 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
| 3133 if (pnew == NULL) | |
| 3134 { | |
| 3135 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
| 3136 goto fail; | |
| 3137 } | |
| 3138 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
| 3139 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
| 3140 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
| 3141 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
| 3142 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
| 3143 y_idx = 1; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 3145 else | |
| 3146 y_idx = 0; | |
| 3147 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
| 3148 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
| 3149 curr->y_size = j; | |
| 3150 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
| 3151 y_current = curr; | |
| 3152 } | |
| 3153 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ | |
| 3154 { | |
| 3155 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
| 3156 && !oap->block_mode | |
| 3157 && yanklines == 1) | |
| 3158 yanklines = 0; | |
| 3159 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
| 3160 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
| 3161 { | |
| 3162 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
| 3163 update_topline_redraw(); | |
| 3164 if (yanklines == 1) | |
| 205 | 3165 { |
| 3166 if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 3167 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
| 3168 else | |
| 3169 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
| 3172 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
| 7 | 3173 else |
| 3174 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 } | |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 /* | |
| 3179 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
| 3180 */ | |
| 3181 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 3182 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
| 5735 | 3183 if (yanktype == MLINE && !oap->block_mode) |
| 36 | 3184 { |
| 3185 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
| 3186 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 7 | 3188 |
| 3189 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3190 /* | |
| 3191 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
| 3192 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
| 3193 * to the '*' register. | |
| 3194 */ | |
| 3195 if (clip_star.available | |
| 3196 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
| 2654 | 3197 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 |
| 3198 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)))) | |
| 7 | 3199 { |
| 3200 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
| 3201 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
| 3202 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 3205 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 2658 | 3206 # ifdef FEAT_X11 |
| 2654 | 3207 did_star = TRUE; |
| 2658 | 3208 # endif |
| 7 | 3209 } |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
| 3212 /* | |
| 3213 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
| 3214 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
| 3215 */ | |
| 2654 | 3216 if (clip_plus.available |
| 3217 && (curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) | |
| 3218 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 | |
| 3219 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS)))) | |
| 7 | 3220 { |
| 2654 | 3221 if (curr != &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
| 3222 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
| 3223 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])); | |
| 3224 | |
| 7 | 3225 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); |
| 3226 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 3674 | 3227 if (!clip_isautosel_star() && !did_star |
| 3228 && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) | |
| 7 | 3229 { |
| 3230 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
| 3231 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 3232 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 3233 } | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 # endif | |
| 3236 #endif | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 return OK; | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
| 3241 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
| 3242 y_current = curr; | |
| 3243 return FAIL; | |
| 3244 } | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 static int | |
| 3247 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
| 3248 struct block_def *bd; | |
| 3249 long y_idx; | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 char_u *pnew; | |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
| 3254 == NULL) | |
| 3255 return FAIL; | |
| 3256 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
| 3257 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
| 3258 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
| 3259 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
| 3260 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
| 3261 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
| 3262 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
| 3263 *pnew = NUL; | |
| 3264 return OK; | |
| 3265 } | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3268 /* | |
| 3269 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
| 3270 */ | |
| 3271 static void | |
| 3272 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
| 3273 struct yankreg *reg; | |
| 3274 { | |
| 3275 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
| 3276 long j; | |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 y_current = reg; | |
| 3279 free_yank_all(); | |
| 3280 *y_current = *curr; | |
| 3281 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
| 3282 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
| 3283 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 3284 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
| 3285 else | |
| 3286 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
| 3287 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
| 3288 { | |
| 3289 free_yank(j); | |
| 3290 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
| 3291 break; | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 y_current = curr; | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 #endif | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 /* | |
| 140 | 3298 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
| 3299 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
| 3300 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
| 3301 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
| 3302 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
| 7 | 3303 */ |
| 3304 void | |
| 3305 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
| 3306 int regname; | |
| 3307 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
| 3308 long count; | |
| 3309 int flags; | |
| 3310 { | |
| 3311 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3312 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
| 3313 int yanklen; | |
| 3314 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
| 3315 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 3316 colnr_T col; | |
| 3317 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
| 3318 int y_type; | |
| 3319 long y_size; | |
| 3320 int oldlen; | |
| 3321 long y_width = 0; | |
| 3322 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 3323 int delcount; | |
| 3324 int incr = 0; | |
| 3325 long j; | |
| 3326 struct block_def bd; | |
| 3327 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
| 3328 long nr_lines = 0; | |
| 3329 pos_T new_cursor; | |
| 3330 int indent; | |
| 3331 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
| 3332 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
| 3333 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
| 3334 int lendiff = 0; | |
| 3335 pos_T old_pos; | |
| 3336 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
| 3337 int allocated = FALSE; | |
| 3338 long cnt; | |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 3341 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
| 3342 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
| 3343 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
| 3344 #endif | |
| 3345 | |
| 3346 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
| 3347 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
| 3350 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 /* | |
| 3353 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
| 3354 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
| 3355 */ | |
| 3356 if (regname == '.') | |
| 3357 { | |
| 3358 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
| 3359 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
| 3360 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
| 3361 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
| 3362 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 3363 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
| 3364 return; | |
| 3365 } | |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 /* | |
| 3368 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
| 3369 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
| 3370 */ | |
| 3371 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
| 3372 { | |
| 3373 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
| 3374 return; | |
| 3375 } | |
| 3376 | |
| 4005 | 3377 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3378 /* Autocommands may be executed when saving lines for undo, which may make | |
| 3379 * y_array invalid. Start undo now to avoid that. */ | |
| 3380 u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
| 3381 #endif | |
| 3382 | |
| 7 | 3383 if (insert_string != NULL) |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 y_type = MCHAR; | |
| 3386 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3387 if (regname == '=') | |
| 3388 { | |
| 3389 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
| 3093 | 3390 * characters. |
| 3391 * Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
| 7 | 3392 for (;;) |
| 3393 { | |
| 3394 y_size = 0; | |
| 3395 ptr = insert_string; | |
| 3396 while (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3397 { | |
| 3398 if (y_array != NULL) | |
| 3399 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
| 3400 ++y_size; | |
| 3401 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
| 3402 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3403 { | |
| 3404 if (y_array != NULL) | |
| 3405 *ptr = NUL; | |
| 3406 ++ptr; | |
| 3093 | 3407 /* A trailing '\n' makes the register linewise. */ |
| 7 | 3408 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 3409 { | |
| 3410 y_type = MLINE; | |
| 3411 break; | |
| 3412 } | |
| 3413 } | |
| 3414 } | |
| 3415 if (y_array != NULL) | |
| 3416 break; | |
| 3417 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
| 3418 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
| 3419 if (y_array == NULL) | |
| 3420 goto end; | |
| 3421 } | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 else | |
| 3424 #endif | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
| 3427 y_array = &insert_string; | |
| 3428 } | |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 else | |
| 3431 { | |
| 3432 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
| 3435 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
| 3436 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
| 3437 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
| 3443 { | |
| 3444 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
| 3445 * between. */ | |
| 3446 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 3447 goto end; | |
| 3448 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 3449 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3450 goto end; | |
| 3451 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
| 3452 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 3455 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3456 goto end; | |
| 3457 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
| 3458 ++nr_lines; | |
| 3459 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3460 } | |
| 3461 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
| 3462 { | |
| 3463 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
| 692 | 3464 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
| 7 | 3465 dir = FORWARD; |
| 3466 } | |
| 3467 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
| 3468 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
| 3469 } | |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
| 3472 y_type = MLINE; | |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
| 3477 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
| 3478 goto end; | |
| 3479 } | |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
| 3482 { | |
| 3483 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
| 3484 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3485 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 3486 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
| 3487 goto end; | |
| 3488 } | |
| 5735 | 3489 else if (y_type == MLINE) |
| 7 | 3490 { |
| 3491 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 3492 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3493 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
| 3494 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
| 3495 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 3496 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 3497 else | |
| 3498 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 3499 #endif | |
| 3500 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 3501 ++lnum; | |
|
5053
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3502 /* In an empty buffer the empty line is going to be replaced, include |
|
35b6fc57a286
updated for version 7.3.1270
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3503 * it in the saved lines. */ |
|
5100
18b43970fb7a
updated for version 7.3.1293
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5053
diff
changeset
|
3504 if ((bufempty() ? u_save(0, 2) : u_save(lnum - 1, lnum)) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 3505 goto end; |
| 3506 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3507 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 3508 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
| 3509 else | |
| 3510 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3511 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
| 3512 #endif | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 3515 goto end; | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3520 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
| 3521 { | |
| 3522 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
| 3523 { | |
| 3524 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
| 3525 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
| 3526 if (dir == FORWARD | |
| 3527 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
| 3528 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 3529 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 3530 else | |
| 3531 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 3532 } | |
| 3533 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 3534 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 #endif | |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 3539 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 /* | |
| 3542 * Block mode | |
| 3543 */ | |
| 3544 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
| 3545 { | |
| 3546 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 3547 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3552 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 3553 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
| 3554 else | |
| 3555 #endif | |
| 3556 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3559 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3560 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
| 474 | 3561 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 3562 else |
| 3563 #endif | |
| 3564 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3565 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
| 3566 #endif | |
| 3567 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3568 ++col; | |
| 3569 } | |
| 3570 else | |
| 3571 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3574 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 1304 | 3575 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
| 3576 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 3577 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
| 7 | 3578 { |
| 3579 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
| 3580 ++col; | |
| 3581 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
| 3582 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3583 if (c == TAB) | |
| 3584 { | |
| 3585 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 3586 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 3587 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
| 3588 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
| 3589 } | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 3592 #endif | |
| 699 | 3593 bd.textcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3594 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 int spaces; | |
| 3597 char shortline; | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
| 3600 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
| 3601 vcol = 0; | |
| 3602 delcount = 0; | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 /* add a new line */ | |
| 3605 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3606 { | |
| 3607 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
| 3608 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 3609 break; | |
| 3610 ++nr_lines; | |
| 3611 } | |
| 3612 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
| 3613 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 3614 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 3615 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
| 3616 { | |
| 3617 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 3618 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 3619 vcol += incr; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
| 3626 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
| 3627 else if (vcol > col) | |
| 3628 { | |
| 3629 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
| 3630 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
| 3631 --bd.textcol; | |
| 3632 delcount = 1; | |
| 3633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3634 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3635 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
| 3636 #endif | |
| 3637 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
| 3638 { | |
| 3639 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
| 3640 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
| 3641 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
| 3642 delcount = 0; | |
| 3643 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
| 3650 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
| 3651 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
| 3652 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(&y_array[i][j], 0); | |
| 3653 if (spaces < 0) | |
| 3654 spaces = 0; | |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 /* insert the new text */ | |
| 3657 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
| 3658 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
| 3659 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 3660 break; | |
| 3661 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
| 3662 ptr = newp; | |
| 3663 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
| 3664 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
| 3665 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
| 3666 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
| 3667 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
| 3668 /* insert the new text */ | |
| 3669 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
| 3672 ptr += yanklen; | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
| 3675 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
| 3676 { | |
| 3677 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
| 3678 ptr += spaces; | |
| 3679 } | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
| 3682 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
| 3683 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
| 3684 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
| 3685 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
| 3686 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
| 3687 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 3688 | |
| 3689 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 3690 if (i == 0) | |
| 3691 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
| 3697 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3698 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
| 3701 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
| 3702 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
| 237 | 3703 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 7 | 3704 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
| 237 | 3705 # endif |
| 7 | 3706 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
| 3707 { | |
| 916 | 3708 colnr_T len; |
| 3709 | |
| 7 | 3710 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
| 3711 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
| 916 | 3712 |
| 3713 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
| 3714 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 3715 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 3716 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 7 | 3717 } |
| 3718 else | |
| 3719 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3720 } | |
| 3721 else | |
| 3722 { | |
| 3723 /* | |
| 3724 * Character or Line mode | |
| 3725 */ | |
| 3726 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
| 3729 * char */ | |
| 3730 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 3731 { | |
| 3732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3733 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3734 { | |
| 474 | 3735 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 3736 |
| 3737 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
| 3738 col += bytelen; | |
| 3739 if (yanklen) | |
| 3740 { | |
| 3741 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
| 3742 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
| 3743 } | |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 else | |
| 3746 #endif | |
| 3747 { | |
| 3748 ++col; | |
| 3749 if (yanklen) | |
| 3750 { | |
| 3751 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3752 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
| 3753 } | |
| 3754 } | |
| 3755 } | |
| 3756 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3757 } | |
| 3758 /* | |
| 3759 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
| 3760 */ | |
| 3761 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 3762 --lnum; | |
| 699 | 3763 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 3764 |
| 3765 /* | |
| 3766 * simple case: insert into current line | |
| 3767 */ | |
| 3768 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
| 3769 { | |
| 5365 | 3770 do { |
| 3771 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
| 3772 if (totlen > 0) | |
| 7 | 3773 { |
| 5365 | 3774 oldp = ml_get(lnum); |
| 3775 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
| 3776 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 3777 goto end; /* alloc() gave an error message */ | |
| 3778 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 3779 ptr = newp + col; | |
| 3780 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
| 3781 { | |
| 3782 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
| 3783 ptr += yanklen; | |
| 3784 } | |
| 3785 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); | |
| 3786 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 3787 /* Place cursor on last putted char. */ | |
| 3788 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5496 | 3789 { |
| 3790 /* make sure curwin->w_virtcol is updated */ | |
| 3791 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 5365 | 3792 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); |
| 5496 | 3793 } |
| 7 | 3794 } |
| 5365 | 3795 if (VIsual_active) |
| 3796 lnum++; | |
| 5735 | 3797 } while (VIsual_active && lnum <= curbuf->b_visual.vi_end.lnum); |
| 5365 | 3798 |
| 7 | 3799 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 3800 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
| 3801 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
| 3802 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3803 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 3804 } | |
| 3805 else | |
| 3806 { | |
| 3807 /* | |
| 3808 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
| 3809 * line in two. | |
| 3810 */ | |
| 3811 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
| 3812 { | |
| 3813 i = 0; | |
| 3814 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 /* | |
| 3817 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
| 3818 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
| 3819 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
| 3820 */ | |
| 3821 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
| 3822 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
| 3823 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
| 3824 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
| 3825 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 3826 goto error; | |
| 3827 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
| 3828 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
| 3829 /* insert second line */ | |
| 3830 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
| 3831 vim_free(newp); | |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 3834 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
| 3835 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 3836 goto error; | |
| 3837 /* copy first part of line */ | |
| 3838 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 3839 /* append to first line */ | |
| 3840 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
| 3841 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3844 i = 1; | |
| 3845 } | |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
| 3848 { | |
| 3849 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
| 3850 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 3851 == FAIL) | |
| 3852 goto error; | |
| 3853 lnum++; | |
| 3854 ++nr_lines; | |
| 3855 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
| 3856 { | |
| 3857 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3858 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3859 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 3860 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
| 3861 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3862 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 3863 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
| 3864 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
| 3865 else | |
| 3866 #endif | |
| 3867 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
| 3868 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
| 3869 else if (first_indent) | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
| 3872 indent = orig_indent; | |
| 3873 first_indent = FALSE; | |
| 3874 } | |
| 3875 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
| 3876 indent = 0; | |
| 3877 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
| 3878 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 3879 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
| 3880 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
| 3881 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 3882 } | |
| 3883 } | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 error: | |
| 3887 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
| 3888 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
| 3889 { | |
| 3890 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
| 3891 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 3892 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
| 3895 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
| 3898 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
| 3899 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
| 3900 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
| 3901 else | |
| 3902 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
| 3903 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
| 3906 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3907 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
| 3908 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
| 3909 if (col > 1) | |
| 3910 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
| 3911 else | |
| 3912 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
| 3913 | |
| 168 | 3914 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
| 3915 { | |
| 237 | 3916 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
| 168 | 3917 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
| 3918 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
| 3919 } | |
| 3920 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
| 7 | 3921 { |
| 3922 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
| 3923 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
| 3924 { | |
| 3925 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3926 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 3927 else | |
| 3928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 3929 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 else | |
| 3932 { | |
| 3933 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3934 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
| 3938 { | |
| 168 | 3939 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
| 7 | 3940 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 3941 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 3942 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 3943 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
| 3946 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
| 3947 } | |
| 3948 } | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
| 3951 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 end: | |
| 3954 if (allocated) | |
| 3955 vim_free(insert_string); | |
| 840 | 3956 if (regname == '=') |
| 3957 vim_free(y_array); | |
| 3958 | |
| 5380 | 3959 VIsual_active = FALSE; |
| 3960 | |
| 140 | 3961 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
| 844 | 3962 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
| 3963 } | |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 /* | |
| 3966 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
| 3967 * there move it left. | |
| 3968 */ | |
| 3969 void | |
| 3970 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
| 3971 { | |
| 3972 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 3973 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 773 | 3974 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3975 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 3976 #endif | |
| 7 | 3977 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
| 3978 { | |
| 557 | 3979 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
| 555 | 3980 dec_cursor(); |
| 844 | 3981 |
| 7 | 3982 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3983 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 557 | 3984 { |
| 3985 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
| 3988 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 3989 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
| 3990 } | |
| 7 | 3991 #endif |
| 3992 } | |
| 3993 } | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3996 /* | |
| 3997 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
| 3998 */ | |
| 3999 int | |
| 4000 preprocs_left() | |
| 4001 { | |
| 4002 return | |
| 4003 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4004 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 4005 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
| 4006 # else | |
| 4007 curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 4008 # endif | |
| 4009 # endif | |
| 4010 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5438 | 4011 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE) |
| 4012 && curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment == 0) | |
| 7 | 4013 # endif |
| 4014 ; | |
| 4015 } | |
| 4016 #endif | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
| 4019 int | |
| 4020 get_register_name(num) | |
| 4021 int num; | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 if (num == -1) | |
| 4024 return '"'; | |
| 4025 else if (num < 10) | |
| 4026 return num + '0'; | |
| 4027 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
| 4028 return '-'; | |
| 4029 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 4030 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
| 4031 return '*'; | |
| 4032 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
| 4033 return '+'; | |
| 4034 #endif | |
| 4035 else | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 4038 int i; | |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
| 4041 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
| 4042 if (i > 'i') | |
| 4043 i += 7; | |
| 4044 if (i > 'r') | |
| 4045 i += 8; | |
| 4046 return i; | |
| 4047 #else | |
| 4048 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
| 4049 #endif | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 } | |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 /* | |
| 4054 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
| 4055 */ | |
| 4056 void | |
| 4057 ex_display(eap) | |
| 4058 exarg_T *eap; | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 int i, n; | |
| 4061 long j; | |
| 4062 char_u *p; | |
| 4063 struct yankreg *yb; | |
| 4064 int name; | |
| 4065 int attr; | |
| 4066 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
| 22 | 4067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4068 int clen; | |
| 4069 #else | |
| 4070 # define clen 1 | |
| 4071 #endif | |
| 7 | 4072 |
| 4073 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
| 4074 arg = NULL; | |
| 4075 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 /* Highlight title */ | |
| 4078 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
| 4079 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 name = get_register_name(i); | |
| 2644 | 4082 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL |
| 4083 #ifdef ONE_CLIPBOARD | |
| 4084 /* Star register and plus register contain the same thing. */ | |
| 4085 && (name != '*' || vim_strchr(arg, '+') == NULL) | |
| 4086 #endif | |
| 4087 ) | |
| 7 | 4088 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 4091 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
| 4092 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
| 4093 * of the clipboard. */ | |
| 4094 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
| 4095 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
| 4096 #endif | |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 if (i == -1) | |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
| 4101 yb = y_previous; | |
| 4102 else | |
| 4103 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 else | |
| 4106 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
| 2000 | 4107 |
| 4108 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 4109 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
| 4110 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
| 4111 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
| 4112 * pointer can be freed */ | |
| 4113 #endif | |
| 4114 | |
| 7 | 4115 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
| 4116 { | |
| 4117 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
| 4118 msg_putchar('"'); | |
| 4119 msg_putchar(name); | |
| 4120 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
| 4123 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
| 4124 { | |
| 4125 if (j) | |
| 4126 { | |
| 4127 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
| 4128 n -= 2; | |
| 4129 } | |
| 4130 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 4133 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 22 | 4134 #endif |
| 4135 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
| 4136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4137 p += clen - 1; | |
| 7 | 4138 #endif |
| 4139 } | |
| 4140 } | |
| 4141 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
| 4142 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
| 4143 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
| 4144 } | |
| 4145 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4146 } | |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 /* | |
| 4149 * display last inserted text | |
| 4150 */ | |
| 4151 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
| 4152 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
| 4153 { | |
| 4154 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
| 4155 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
| 4156 } | |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 /* | |
| 4159 * display last command line | |
| 4160 */ | |
| 4161 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
| 4162 && !got_int) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
| 4165 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
| 4166 } | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 /* | |
| 4169 * display current file name | |
| 4170 */ | |
| 4171 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
| 4172 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
| 4173 { | |
| 4174 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
| 4175 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
| 4176 } | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 /* | |
| 4179 * display alternate file name | |
| 4180 */ | |
| 4181 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
| 4182 { | |
| 4183 char_u *fname; | |
| 4184 linenr_T dummy; | |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
| 4187 { | |
| 4188 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
| 4189 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 } | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 /* | |
| 4194 * display last search pattern | |
| 4195 */ | |
| 4196 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
| 4197 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
| 4200 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
| 4201 } | |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 4204 /* | |
| 4205 * display last used expression | |
| 4206 */ | |
| 4207 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
| 4208 && !got_int) | |
| 4209 { | |
| 4210 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
| 4211 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
| 4212 } | |
| 4213 #endif | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 /* | |
| 4217 * display a string for do_dis() | |
| 4218 * truncate at end of screen line | |
| 4219 */ | |
| 4220 static void | |
| 4221 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
| 4222 char_u *p; | |
| 4223 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
| 4224 { | |
| 4225 int n; | |
| 4226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4227 int l; | |
| 4228 #endif | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
| 4231 while (*p != NUL | |
| 4232 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
| 4233 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
| 4234 { | |
| 4235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 4236 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 4237 { |
| 4238 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
| 4239 p += l; | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 else | |
| 4242 #endif | |
| 4243 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4246 } | |
| 4247 | |
| 3562 | 4248 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4249 /* | |
| 4250 * If "process" is TRUE and the line begins with a comment leader (possibly | |
| 4251 * after some white space), return a pointer to the text after it. Put a boolean | |
| 4252 * value indicating whether the line ends with an unclosed comment in | |
| 4253 * "is_comment". | |
| 4254 * line - line to be processed, | |
| 4255 * process - if FALSE, will only check whether the line ends with an unclosed | |
| 3584 | 4256 * comment, |
| 3562 | 4257 * include_space - whether to also skip space following the comment leader, |
| 4258 * is_comment - will indicate whether the current line ends with an unclosed | |
| 3584 | 4259 * comment. |
| 3562 | 4260 */ |
| 4261 static char_u * | |
| 4262 skip_comment(line, process, include_space, is_comment) | |
| 4263 char_u *line; | |
| 4264 int process; | |
| 4265 int include_space; | |
| 4266 int *is_comment; | |
| 4267 { | |
| 4268 char_u *comment_flags = NULL; | |
| 4269 int lead_len; | |
| 4270 int leader_offset = get_last_leader_offset(line, &comment_flags); | |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 *is_comment = FALSE; | |
| 4273 if (leader_offset != -1) | |
| 4274 { | |
| 4275 /* Let's check whether the line ends with an unclosed comment. | |
| 4276 * If the last comment leader has COM_END in flags, there's no comment. | |
| 4277 */ | |
| 4278 while (*comment_flags) | |
| 4279 { | |
| 4280 if (*comment_flags == COM_END | |
| 4281 || *comment_flags == ':') | |
| 4282 break; | |
| 4283 ++comment_flags; | |
| 4284 } | |
| 4285 if (*comment_flags != COM_END) | |
| 4286 *is_comment = TRUE; | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 if (process == FALSE) | |
| 4290 return line; | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 lead_len = get_leader_len(line, &comment_flags, FALSE, include_space); | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 if (lead_len == 0) | |
| 4295 return line; | |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 /* Find: | |
| 4298 * - COM_END, | |
| 4299 * - colon, | |
| 4300 * whichever comes first. | |
| 4301 */ | |
| 4302 while (*comment_flags) | |
| 4303 { | |
| 3580 | 4304 if (*comment_flags == COM_END |
| 3562 | 4305 || *comment_flags == ':') |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 break; | |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 ++comment_flags; | |
| 4310 } | |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 /* If we found a colon, it means that we are not processing a line | |
| 3580 | 4313 * starting with a closing part of a three-part comment. That's good, |
| 4314 * because we don't want to remove those as this would be annoying. | |
| 3562 | 4315 */ |
| 4316 if (*comment_flags == ':' || *comment_flags == NUL) | |
| 4317 line += lead_len; | |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 return line; | |
| 4320 } | |
| 4321 #endif | |
| 4322 | |
| 7 | 4323 /* |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4324 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4325 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
| 3562 | 4326 * Set "use_formatoptions" to FALSE when e.g. processing |
| 4327 * backspace and comment leaders should not be removed. | |
| 7 | 4328 * |
| 1217 | 4329 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
| 7 | 4330 */ |
| 4331 int | |
| 3562 | 4332 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo, use_formatoptions) |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4333 long count; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4334 int insert_space; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4335 int save_undo; |
| 3562 | 4336 int use_formatoptions UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4337 { |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4338 char_u *curr = NULL; |
| 2597 | 4339 char_u *curr_start = NULL; |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4340 char_u *cend; |
| 7 | 4341 char_u *newp; |
| 2597 | 4342 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserted before a line */ |
|
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4343 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
|
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4344 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4345 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4346 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
| 7 | 4347 linenr_T t; |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4348 colnr_T col = 0; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4349 int ret = OK; |
| 3562 | 4350 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3574 | 4351 int *comments = NULL; |
| 3562 | 4352 int remove_comments = (use_formatoptions == TRUE) |
| 4353 && has_format_option(FO_REMOVE_COMS); | |
| 4354 int prev_was_comment; | |
| 4355 #endif | |
| 4356 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4358 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4359 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4360 return FAIL; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4361 |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4362 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4363 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4364 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4365 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4366 if (spaces == NULL) |
| 7 | 4367 return FAIL; |
| 3562 | 4368 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4369 if (remove_comments) | |
| 4370 { | |
| 4371 comments = (int *)lalloc_clear((long_u)count * sizeof(int), TRUE); | |
| 4372 if (comments == NULL) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 vim_free(spaces); | |
| 4375 return FAIL; | |
| 4376 } | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 #endif | |
| 7 | 4379 |
| 4380 /* | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4381 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4382 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
| 7 | 4383 */ |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4384 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4385 { |
| 2597 | 4386 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
| 5664 | 4387 if (t == 0) |
| 4388 { | |
| 4389 /* Set the '[ mark. */ | |
| 4390 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_start.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4391 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_start.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(curr); | |
| 4392 } | |
| 3562 | 4393 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4394 if (remove_comments) | |
| 4395 { | |
| 4396 /* We don't want to remove the comment leader if the | |
| 4397 * previous line is not a comment. */ | |
| 4398 if (t > 0 && prev_was_comment) | |
| 4399 { | |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 char_u *new_curr = skip_comment(curr, TRUE, insert_space, | |
| 4402 &prev_was_comment); | |
| 3576 | 4403 comments[t] = (int)(new_curr - curr); |
| 3562 | 4404 curr = new_curr; |
| 4405 } | |
| 4406 else | |
| 4407 curr = skip_comment(curr, FALSE, insert_space, | |
| 4408 &prev_was_comment); | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 #endif | |
| 4411 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4412 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4413 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4414 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4415 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4417 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4418 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4419 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4420 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4421 #endif |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4422 ) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4423 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4424 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4425 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4426 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4427 else |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4428 ++spaces[t]; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4429 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4430 if ( p_js |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4431 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4432 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4433 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4434 ++spaces[t]; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4435 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4436 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4437 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4438 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4439 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4440 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4441 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4443 if (has_mbyte) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4444 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4445 cend = curr + currsize; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4446 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4447 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4448 if (cend > curr) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4449 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4450 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4451 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4452 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4453 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4454 else |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4455 #endif |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4456 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4457 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4458 if (currsize > 1) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4459 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4460 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4461 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4462 line_breakcheck(); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4463 if (got_int) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4464 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4465 ret = FAIL; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4466 goto theend; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4467 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4468 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4469 |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4470 /* store the column position before last line */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4471 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4472 |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4473 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4474 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4475 cend = newp + sumsize; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4476 *cend = 0; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4477 |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4478 /* |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4479 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4480 * |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4481 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4482 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4483 * should not really be a problem. |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4484 */ |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4485 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4486 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4487 cend -= currsize; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4488 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4489 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4490 { |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4491 cend -= spaces[t]; |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4492 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4493 } |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4494 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
| 2597 | 4495 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t] - (curr - curr_start))); |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4496 if (t == 0) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4497 break; |
| 2597 | 4498 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
| 3562 | 4499 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4500 if (remove_comments) | |
| 4501 curr += comments[t - 1]; | |
| 4502 #endif | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4503 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4504 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4505 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4506 } |
| 7 | 4507 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
| 4508 | |
| 5664 | 4509 /* Set the '] mark. */ |
| 4510 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4511 curwin->w_buffer->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(newp); | |
| 4512 | |
| 7 | 4513 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report |
| 4514 * the deleted line. */ | |
| 4515 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
| 4516 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 /* | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4519 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
| 7 | 4520 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
| 4521 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
| 4522 */ | |
| 4523 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4524 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4525 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4526 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 /* | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4529 * Set the cursor column: |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4530 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4531 * vim: use the column of the last join |
| 7 | 4532 */ |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4533 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4534 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
| 7 | 4535 check_cursor_col(); |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4536 |
| 7 | 4537 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 4538 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 4539 #endif | |
| 4540 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 4541 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4542 theend: |
|
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4543 vim_free(spaces); |
| 3562 | 4544 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4545 if (remove_comments) | |
| 4546 vim_free(comments); | |
| 4547 #endif | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4548 return ret; |
| 7 | 4549 } |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4552 /* | |
| 4553 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
| 4554 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
| 4555 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
| 4556 */ | |
| 4557 static int | |
| 4558 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
| 4559 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 4560 int leader1_len; | |
| 4561 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
| 4562 int leader2_len; | |
| 4563 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
| 4564 { | |
| 4565 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
| 4566 char_u *p; | |
| 4567 char_u *line1; | |
| 4568 char_u *line2; | |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
| 4571 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 /* | |
| 4574 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
| 4575 * second line does not have a leader. | |
| 4576 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
| 4577 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
| 4578 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
| 4579 */ | |
| 4580 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
| 4581 { | |
| 4582 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 4583 { | |
| 4584 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 4585 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
| 4586 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 4587 return FALSE; | |
| 4588 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 4589 { | |
| 4590 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
| 4591 return FALSE; | |
| 4592 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
| 4593 return FALSE; | |
| 4594 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 4595 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 4596 return TRUE; | |
| 4597 return FALSE; | |
| 4598 } | |
| 4599 } | |
| 4600 } | |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 /* | |
| 4603 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
| 4604 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
| 4605 */ | |
| 4606 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 4607 if (line1 != NULL) | |
| 4608 { | |
| 4609 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
| 4610 ; | |
| 4611 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
| 4612 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
| 4613 { | |
| 4614 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
| 4617 break; | |
| 4618 } | |
| 4619 else | |
| 4620 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
| 4621 ++idx1; | |
| 4622 } | |
| 4623 vim_free(line1); | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 #endif | |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 /* | |
| 3252 | 4630 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq'. |
| 7 | 4631 */ |
| 4632 void | |
| 4633 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
| 4634 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 4635 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
| 4636 { | |
| 4637 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
| 4640 * can put it back there. */ | |
| 4641 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
| 4644 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 4645 return; | |
| 4646 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
| 4649 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
| 4650 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
| 4653 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
| 4656 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
| 4657 if (keep_cursor) | |
| 4658 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
| 4659 | |
| 1563 | 4660 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
| 7 | 4661 |
| 4662 /* | |
| 4663 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
| 4664 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
| 4665 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
| 4666 */ | |
| 4667 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4668 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4669 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
| 4670 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
| 4671 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
| 4674 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 if (keep_cursor) | |
| 4677 { | |
| 4678 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
| 4679 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
| 4683 { | |
| 4684 win_T *wp; | |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 4687 { | |
| 4688 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
| 4689 { | |
| 4690 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
| 4691 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
| 4692 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 4693 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
| 4694 else | |
| 4695 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
| 4696 } | |
| 4697 } | |
| 4698 } | |
| 4699 } | |
| 4700 | |
| 667 | 4701 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 4702 /* | |
| 4703 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
| 4704 */ | |
| 4705 void | |
| 4706 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
| 4707 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 4708 { | |
| 4709 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
| 4710 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
| 4711 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
| 4712 | |
|
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4713 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
|
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4714 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
|
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4715 * internal formatting. */ |
|
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4716 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
| 667 | 4717 } |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 int | |
| 844 | 4720 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
| 667 | 4721 linenr_T lnum; |
| 4722 long count; | |
| 844 | 4723 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
| 667 | 4724 { |
| 681 | 4725 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
| 4726 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 667 | 4727 int r; |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 /* | |
| 4730 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
| 844 | 4731 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
| 667 | 4732 */ |
| 4733 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
| 4734 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
| 1969 | 4735 set_vim_var_char(c); |
| 844 | 4736 |
| 667 | 4737 /* |
| 4738 * Evaluate the function. | |
| 4739 */ | |
| 4740 if (use_sandbox) | |
| 4741 ++sandbox; | |
| 4742 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
| 4743 if (use_sandbox) | |
| 4744 --sandbox; | |
| 844 | 4745 |
| 4746 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
| 4747 | |
| 667 | 4748 return r; |
| 4749 } | |
| 4750 #endif | |
| 4751 | |
| 7 | 4752 /* |
| 4753 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
| 4754 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 4755 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
| 4756 * first line. | |
| 4757 */ | |
| 4758 void | |
| 1563 | 4759 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
| 7 | 4760 linenr_T line_count; |
| 1563 | 4761 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
| 7 | 4762 { |
| 4763 int max_len; | |
| 4764 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
| 4765 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
| 4766 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
| 4767 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
| 4768 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
| 4769 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4770 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
| 4771 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
| 4772 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
| 4773 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
| 4774 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
| 3584 | 4775 int do_comments_list = 0; /* format comments with 'n' or '2' */ |
| 7 | 4776 #endif |
| 4777 int advance = TRUE; | |
| 3584 | 4778 int second_indent = -1; /* indent for second line (comment |
| 4779 * aware) */ | |
| 7 | 4780 int do_second_indent; |
| 4781 int do_number_indent; | |
| 4782 int do_trail_white; | |
| 4783 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
| 4784 int smd_save; | |
| 4785 long count; | |
| 4786 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
| 4787 int force_format = FALSE; | |
| 4788 int old_State = State; | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
| 4791 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
| 4794 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4795 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
| 4796 #endif | |
| 4797 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
| 4798 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
| 4799 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 /* | |
| 4802 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
| 4803 */ | |
| 4804 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 4805 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
| 4806 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4807 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
| 4808 #endif | |
| 4809 ); | |
| 4810 else | |
| 4811 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
| 4812 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 4813 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4814 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
| 4815 #endif | |
| 4816 ); | |
| 4817 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
| 4818 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
| 4819 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 4822 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
| 4823 { | |
| 4824 /* | |
| 4825 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
| 4826 */ | |
| 4827 if (advance) | |
| 4828 { | |
| 4829 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 4830 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
| 4831 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
| 4832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4833 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
| 4834 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
| 4835 #endif | |
| 4836 } | |
| 4837 | |
| 4838 /* | |
| 4839 * The last line to be formatted. | |
| 4840 */ | |
| 4841 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4842 { | |
| 4843 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
| 4844 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4845 next_leader_len = 0; | |
| 4846 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
| 4847 #endif | |
| 4848 } | |
| 4849 else | |
| 4850 { | |
| 4851 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
| 4852 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4853 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
| 4854 #endif | |
| 4855 ); | |
| 4856 if (do_number_indent) | |
| 4857 next_is_start_par = | |
| 4858 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
| 4859 } | |
| 4860 advance = TRUE; | |
| 4861 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
| 4862 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
| 4863 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 /* | |
| 4866 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
| 4867 */ | |
| 4868 if (is_not_par) | |
| 4869 { | |
| 4870 if (line_count < 0) | |
| 4871 break; | |
| 4872 } | |
| 4873 else | |
| 4874 { | |
| 4875 /* | |
| 4876 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
| 4877 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
| 4878 */ | |
| 4879 if (first_par_line | |
| 4880 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
| 4881 && prev_is_end_par | |
| 3584 | 4882 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 4883 { | |
| 4884 if (do_second_indent && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
| 4885 { | |
| 4886 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4887 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
| 4888 { | |
| 4889 /* no comment found */ | |
| 4890 #endif | |
| 4891 second_indent = | |
| 4892 get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
| 7 | 4893 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 3584 | 4894 } |
| 4895 else | |
| 4896 { | |
| 4897 second_indent = next_leader_len; | |
| 4898 do_comments_list = 1; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 #endif | |
| 4901 } | |
| 7 | 4902 else if (do_number_indent) |
| 3584 | 4903 { |
| 4904 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4905 if (leader_len == 0 && next_leader_len == 0) | |
| 4906 { | |
| 4907 /* no comment found */ | |
| 4908 #endif | |
| 4909 second_indent = | |
| 4910 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 4911 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 else | |
| 4914 { | |
| 4915 /* get_number_indent() is now "comment aware"... */ | |
| 4916 second_indent = | |
| 4917 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 4918 do_comments_list = 1; | |
| 4919 } | |
| 4920 #endif | |
| 4921 } | |
| 7 | 4922 } |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 /* | |
| 4925 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
| 4926 */ | |
| 4927 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 4928 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4929 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 4930 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
| 4931 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
| 4932 #endif | |
| 4933 ) | |
| 4934 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 /* | |
| 4937 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
| 4938 * getting long, format it. | |
| 4939 */ | |
| 4940 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 4942 if (need_set_indent) | |
| 4943 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
| 4944 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
| 4945 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
| 4948 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
| 4949 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 4950 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 4951 dec_cursor(); | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
| 4954 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
| 4955 smd_save = p_smd; | |
| 4956 p_smd = FALSE; | |
| 4957 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
| 4958 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 4959 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 4960 + (do_comments && do_comments_list |
| 4961 ? INSCHAR_COM_LIST : 0) | |
| 7 | 4962 #endif |
| 1563 | 4963 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
| 7 | 4964 State = old_State; |
| 4965 p_smd = smd_save; | |
| 4966 second_indent = -1; | |
| 4967 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
| 4968 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
| 4969 if (is_end_par) | |
| 4970 { | |
| 4971 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
| 4972 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
| 4973 if (line_count < 0) | |
| 4974 break; | |
| 4975 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
| 4976 } | |
| 4977 force_format = FALSE; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 /* | |
| 4981 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
| 5403 | 4982 * first delete the leader from the second line. |
| 7 | 4983 */ |
| 4984 if (!is_end_par) | |
| 4985 { | |
| 4986 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4987 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 4988 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 4989 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4990 break; |
| 7 | 4991 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 4992 if (next_leader_len > 0) | |
| 5403 | 4993 { |
| 4994 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 4995 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, |
| 4996 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
| 5403 | 4997 } else |
| 4998 #endif | |
| 4999 if (second_indent > 0) /* the "leader" for FO_Q_SECOND */ | |
| 5000 { | |
| 5001 char_u *p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5415 | 5002 int indent = (int)(skipwhite(p) - p); |
| 5403 | 5003 |
| 5004 if (indent > 0) | |
| 5005 { | |
| 5006 (void)del_bytes(indent, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 5007 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 5008 (colnr_T)0, 0L, (long)-indent); | |
| 5415 | 5009 } |
| 5403 | 5010 } |
| 7 | 5011 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; |
| 3562 | 5012 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 5013 { |
| 5014 beep_flush(); | |
| 5015 break; | |
| 5016 } | |
| 5017 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
| 5018 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
| 5019 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
| 5020 force_format = TRUE; | |
| 5021 else | |
| 5022 force_format = FALSE; | |
| 5023 } | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 5026 } | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 | |
| 5029 /* | |
| 5030 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
| 5031 */ | |
| 5032 static int | |
| 5033 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
| 5034 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5035 { | |
| 5036 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5037 size_t l; | |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5040 return FALSE; | |
| 5041 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
| 5042 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
| 5043 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
| 5044 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
| 5045 } | |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 /* | |
| 5048 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
| 5049 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
| 5050 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
| 5051 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
| 5052 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
| 5053 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
| 5054 */ | |
| 5055 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5056 static int | |
| 5057 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
| 5058 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5059 int *leader_len; | |
| 5060 char_u **leader_flags; | |
| 5061 int do_comments; | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 5064 char_u *ptr; | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5067 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 5068 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5069 else |
| 5070 *leader_len = 0; | |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
| 5073 { | |
| 5074 /* | |
| 5075 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
| 5076 */ | |
| 5077 flags = *leader_flags; | |
| 5078 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
| 5079 ++flags; | |
| 5080 } | |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
| 5083 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
| 5084 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
| 5085 } | |
| 5086 #else | |
| 5087 static int | |
| 5088 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
| 5089 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5090 { | |
| 5091 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
| 5092 } | |
| 5093 #endif | |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 /* | |
| 5096 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
| 5097 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
| 5098 */ | |
| 5099 int | |
| 5100 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
| 5101 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5102 { | |
| 5103 char_u *p; | |
| 5104 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5105 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
| 5106 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
| 5107 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
| 5108 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
| 5109 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
| 5110 #endif | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 5113 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5116 if (*p == NUL) | |
| 5117 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5120 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
| 5121 #endif | |
| 5122 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
| 5123 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5124 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
| 5125 #endif | |
| 5126 )) | |
| 5127 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
| 5130 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5131 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
| 5132 #endif | |
| 5133 )) | |
| 5134 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
| 5137 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
| 5140 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5143 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
| 5144 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
| 5145 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
| 5146 #endif | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 return FALSE; | |
| 5149 } | |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 /* | |
| 5152 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
| 5153 * | |
| 5154 * for delete: | |
| 5155 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
| 5156 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
| 5157 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
| 1839 | 5158 * deleted. |
| 5159 * for yank and tilde: | |
| 7 | 5160 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
| 5161 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
| 5162 * that are to be yanked. | |
| 5163 */ | |
| 5164 static void | |
| 5165 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
| 5166 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 5167 struct block_def *bdp; | |
| 5168 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5169 int is_del; | |
| 5170 { | |
| 5171 int incr = 0; | |
| 5172 char_u *pend; | |
| 5173 char_u *pstart; | |
| 5174 char_u *line; | |
| 5175 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
| 5176 char_u *prev_pend; | |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
| 5179 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
| 5180 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
| 5181 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
| 5182 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
| 5183 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5184 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
| 5185 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
| 5186 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
| 5187 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
| 5188 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
| 5189 #endif | |
| 5190 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
| 5191 | |
| 5192 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5193 pstart = line; | |
| 5194 prev_pstart = line; | |
| 5195 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 5198 incr = lbr_chartabsize(pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); | |
| 5199 bdp->start_vcol += incr; | |
| 5200 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5201 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
| 5204 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 else | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5208 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
| 5209 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
| 5210 } | |
| 5211 #endif | |
| 5212 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
| 39 | 5213 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
| 7 | 5214 } |
| 5215 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
| 5216 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
| 5217 { | |
| 5218 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
| 5219 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5220 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
| 5221 #endif | |
| 5222 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 5223 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 else | |
| 5226 { | |
| 5227 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
| 5228 * spaces, too. */ | |
| 5229 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
| 5230 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
| 5231 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
| 5232 pend = pstart; | |
| 5233 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
| 5234 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
| 5235 { | |
| 5236 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5237 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
| 5238 #endif | |
| 5239 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
| 5240 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
| 5241 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
| 5242 { | |
| 5243 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
| 5244 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 else | |
| 5247 { | |
| 5248 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
| 5249 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
| 5250 { | |
| 5251 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
| 5252 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
| 5253 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
| 5254 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
| 5255 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
| 5256 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 } | |
| 5260 else | |
| 5261 { | |
| 5262 prev_pend = pend; | |
| 5263 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 5266 prev_pend = pend; | |
| 5267 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&pend, (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
| 5268 bdp->end_vcol += incr; | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
| 5271 && (!is_del | |
| 5272 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
| 5273 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
| 5274 { | |
| 5275 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5276 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
| 5277 #endif | |
| 5278 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
| 5279 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
| 5280 * short where the text is put */ | |
| 5281 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
| 5282 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
| 5283 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
| 593 | 5284 + oap->inclusive; |
| 7 | 5285 else |
| 5286 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
| 5287 } | |
| 5288 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
| 5289 { | |
| 5290 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
| 5291 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
| 5292 { | |
| 5293 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
| 5294 if (pend != pstart) | |
| 5295 pend = prev_pend; | |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 } | |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
| 5300 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
| 5301 #endif | |
| 5302 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
| 5303 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
| 5304 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
| 5305 } | |
| 5306 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
| 5307 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
| 5308 } | |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5311 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 static void | |
| 5314 reverse_line(s) | |
| 5315 char_u *s; | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 int i, j; | |
| 5318 char_u c; | |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
| 5321 return; | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5324 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
| 5325 { | |
| 5326 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
| 5327 } | |
| 5328 } | |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
| 5331 #else | |
| 5332 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
| 5333 #endif | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 /* | |
| 5336 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
| 5337 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
| 5338 * | |
| 5339 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 5340 */ | |
| 5341 int | |
| 5342 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
| 5343 int command; | |
| 5344 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
| 5345 { | |
| 5346 int col; | |
| 5347 char_u *buf1; | |
| 5348 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
| 5349 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
| 5350 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
| 835 | 5351 unsigned long n; |
| 7 | 5352 long_u oldn; |
| 5353 char_u *ptr; | |
| 5354 int c; | |
| 5355 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
| 5356 int todel; | |
| 5357 int dohex; | |
| 5358 int dooct; | |
| 5359 int doalp; | |
| 5360 int firstdigit; | |
| 5361 int negative; | |
| 5362 int subtract; | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
| 5365 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
| 5366 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5369 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 /* | |
| 5372 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
| 5373 */ | |
| 5374 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5375 if (dohex) | |
| 5376 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
| 5377 --col; | |
| 5378 if ( dohex | |
| 5379 && col > 0 | |
| 5380 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
| 5381 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
| 5382 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
| 5383 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
| 5384 { | |
| 5385 /* | |
| 5386 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
| 5387 */ | |
| 5388 --col; | |
| 5389 } | |
| 5390 else | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 /* | |
| 5393 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
| 5394 */ | |
| 5395 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
| 5398 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
| 5399 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
| 5400 ++col; | |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 while (col > 0 | |
| 5403 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
| 5404 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
| 5405 --col; | |
| 5406 } | |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 /* | |
| 5409 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
| 5410 */ | |
| 5411 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
| 5412 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
| 5413 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
| 5414 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
| 5415 { | |
| 5416 beep_flush(); | |
| 5417 return FAIL; | |
| 5418 } | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
| 5421 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5422 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
| 5425 { | |
| 5426 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
| 5427 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
| 5430 { | |
| 5431 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
| 5432 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
| 5433 else | |
| 5434 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 else | |
| 5437 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5438 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
| 5439 #else | |
| 5440 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
| 5441 #endif | |
| 5442 } | |
| 5443 else | |
| 5444 { | |
| 5445 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
| 5446 { | |
| 5447 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
| 5448 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
| 5449 else | |
| 5450 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 else | |
| 5453 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5454 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
| 5455 #else | |
| 5456 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
| 5457 #endif | |
| 5458 } | |
| 5459 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5460 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 5461 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 else | |
| 5464 { | |
| 5465 negative = FALSE; | |
| 5466 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
| 5467 { | |
| 5468 --col; | |
| 5469 negative = TRUE; | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
| 5473 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
| 5476 if (hex && negative) | |
| 5477 { | |
| 5478 ++col; | |
| 5479 --length; | |
| 5480 negative = FALSE; | |
| 5481 } | |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 /* add or subtract */ | |
| 5484 subtract = FALSE; | |
| 5485 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
| 5486 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
| 5487 if (negative) | |
| 5488 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 oldn = n; | |
| 5491 if (subtract) | |
| 5492 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
| 5493 else | |
| 5494 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
| 5495 | |
| 5496 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
| 5497 if (!hex) | |
| 5498 { | |
| 5499 if (subtract) | |
| 5500 { | |
| 5501 if (n > oldn) | |
| 5502 { | |
| 5503 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
| 5504 negative ^= TRUE; | |
| 5505 } | |
| 5506 } | |
| 5507 else /* add */ | |
| 5508 { | |
| 5509 if (n < oldn) | |
| 5510 { | |
| 5511 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
| 5512 negative ^= TRUE; | |
| 5513 } | |
| 5514 } | |
| 5515 if (n == 0) | |
| 5516 negative = FALSE; | |
| 5517 } | |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 /* | |
| 5520 * Delete the old number. | |
| 5521 */ | |
| 5522 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5523 todel = length; | |
| 5524 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5525 /* | |
| 5526 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
| 5527 * after it is kept the same. | |
| 5528 */ | |
| 5529 if (c == '-') | |
| 5530 --length; | |
| 5531 while (todel-- > 0) | |
| 5532 { | |
| 5533 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 if (isupper(c)) | |
| 5536 hexupper = TRUE; | |
| 5537 else | |
| 5538 hexupper = FALSE; | |
| 5539 } | |
| 5540 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
| 5541 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 5542 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5543 } | |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 /* | |
| 5546 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
| 5547 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
| 5548 * a bit too much. | |
| 5549 */ | |
| 5550 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
| 5551 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
| 5552 return FAIL; | |
| 5553 ptr = buf1; | |
| 5554 if (negative) | |
| 5555 { | |
| 5556 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 if (hex) | |
| 5559 { | |
| 5560 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
| 5561 --length; | |
| 5562 } | |
| 5563 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
| 5564 { | |
| 5565 *ptr++ = hex; | |
| 5566 --length; | |
| 5567 } | |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 /* | |
| 5570 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
| 5571 */ | |
| 5572 if (hex == 0) | |
| 5573 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
| 5574 else if (hex == '0') | |
| 5575 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
| 5576 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
| 5577 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
| 5578 else | |
| 5579 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
| 5580 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 /* | |
| 39 | 5583 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
| 5584 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
| 5585 * Don't do this when | |
| 5586 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
| 7 | 5587 */ |
| 39 | 5588 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
| 7 | 5589 while (length-- > 0) |
| 5590 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
| 5591 *ptr = NUL; | |
| 5592 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
| 5593 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
| 5594 vim_free(buf1); | |
| 5595 } | |
| 5596 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5597 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 5598 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5599 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
| 5600 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
| 5601 #endif | |
| 5602 return OK; | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
| 5606 int | |
| 5607 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
| 5608 vir_T *virp; | |
| 5609 int force; | |
| 5610 { | |
| 5611 int eof; | |
| 5612 int do_it = TRUE; | |
| 5613 int size; | |
| 5614 int limit; | |
| 5615 int i; | |
| 5616 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
| 5617 char_u *str; | |
| 5618 char_u **array = NULL; | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
| 5621 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
| 1893 | 5622 |
| 5623 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
| 7 | 5624 if (*str == '"') |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 set_prev = TRUE; | |
| 5627 str++; | |
| 5628 } | |
| 1893 | 5629 |
| 7 | 5630 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
| 5633 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
| 5634 do_it = FALSE; | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
| 5637 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 5638 do_it = FALSE; | |
| 1893 | 5639 |
| 5640 if (*str == '@') | |
| 5641 { | |
| 5642 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
| 5643 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
| 5644 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
| 5645 } | |
| 5646 | |
| 7 | 5647 size = 0; |
| 5648 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
| 5649 if (do_it) | |
| 5650 { | |
| 5651 if (set_prev) | |
| 5652 y_previous = y_current; | |
| 5653 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
| 5654 array = y_current->y_array = | |
| 5655 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
| 1893 | 5656 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
| 7 | 5657 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
| 5658 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
| 5659 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
| 5660 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
| 5661 else | |
| 5662 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
| 5663 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
| 5664 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
| 5665 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
| 5666 } | |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
| 5669 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
| 5670 { | |
| 5671 if (do_it) | |
| 5672 { | |
| 5673 if (size >= limit) | |
| 5674 { | |
| 5675 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
| 5676 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
| 5677 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
| 5678 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
| 5679 vim_free(array); | |
| 5680 limit *= 2; | |
| 5681 array = y_current->y_array; | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
| 5684 if (str != NULL) | |
| 5685 array[size++] = str; | |
| 5686 else | |
| 5687 do_it = FALSE; | |
| 5688 } | |
| 5689 } | |
| 5690 if (do_it) | |
| 5691 { | |
| 5692 if (size == 0) | |
| 5693 { | |
| 5694 vim_free(array); | |
| 5695 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
| 5696 } | |
| 5697 else if (size < limit) | |
| 5698 { | |
| 5699 y_current->y_array = | |
| 5700 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
| 5701 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
| 5702 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
| 5703 vim_free(array); | |
| 5704 } | |
| 5705 y_current->y_size = size; | |
| 5706 } | |
| 5707 return eof; | |
| 5708 } | |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 void | |
| 5711 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
| 5712 FILE *fp; | |
| 5713 { | |
| 5714 int i, j; | |
| 5715 char_u *type; | |
| 5716 char_u c; | |
| 5717 int num_lines; | |
| 5718 int max_num_lines; | |
| 5719 int max_kbyte; | |
| 5720 long len; | |
| 5721 | |
|
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5722 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
| 7 | 5723 |
| 5724 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
| 5725 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
| 5726 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
| 5727 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
| 5728 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
| 5729 return; | |
| 5730 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
| 5731 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
| 5732 return; | |
| 1893 | 5733 |
| 7 | 5734 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
| 5735 { | |
| 5736 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
| 5737 continue; | |
| 5738 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 5739 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
| 5740 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
| 5741 continue; | |
| 5742 #endif | |
| 5743 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 5744 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
| 5745 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
| 5746 continue; | |
| 5747 #endif | |
| 55 | 5748 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
| 7 | 5749 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
| 55 | 5750 if (num_lines == 0 |
| 5751 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
|
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5752 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
| 55 | 5753 continue; |
| 5754 | |
| 7 | 5755 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
| 5758 len = 0; | |
| 5759 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
| 835 | 5760 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
| 7 | 5761 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
| 5762 continue; | |
| 5763 } | |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
| 5766 { | |
| 5767 case MLINE: | |
| 5768 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
| 5769 break; | |
| 5770 case MCHAR: | |
| 5771 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
| 5772 break; | |
| 5773 case MBLOCK: | |
| 5774 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
| 5775 break; | |
| 5776 default: | |
| 5777 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
| 274 | 5778 y_regs[i].y_type); |
| 7 | 5779 emsg(IObuff); |
| 5780 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
| 5781 break; | |
| 5782 } | |
| 5783 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
| 5784 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
| 5785 c = get_register_name(i); | |
| 1893 | 5786 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
| 5787 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
| 5788 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
| 5735 | 5789 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, (int)y_regs[i].y_width); |
| 7 | 5790 |
| 5791 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
| 5792 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
| 5793 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
| 5794 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
| 5795 { | |
| 5796 putc('\t', fp); | |
| 5797 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
| 5798 } | |
| 5799 } | |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5804 /* | |
| 5805 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
| 5806 * | |
| 5807 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
| 5808 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
| 5809 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
| 5810 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
| 5811 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
| 5812 * | |
| 5813 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
| 5814 * | |
| 5815 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
| 5816 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
| 5817 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
| 5818 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
| 5819 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
| 5820 */ | |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 /* | |
| 5823 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
| 5824 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
| 5825 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
| 5826 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
| 5827 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
| 5828 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
| 5829 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
| 5830 */ | |
| 5831 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 5832 void | |
| 5833 x11_export_final_selection() | |
| 5834 { | |
| 5835 Display *dpy; | |
| 5836 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 5837 long_u len = 0; | |
| 5838 int motion_type = -1; | |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5841 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5842 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
| 5843 else | |
| 5844 # endif | |
| 5845 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
| 5846 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
| 5847 # else | |
| 5848 return; | |
| 5849 # endif | |
| 5850 | |
| 5851 /* Get selection to export */ | |
| 5852 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
| 5853 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
| 5854 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
| 5855 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 /* Check it's OK */ | |
| 5858 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
| 5859 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
| 5860 { | |
| 1924 | 5861 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4201 | 5862 int ok = TRUE; |
| 5863 | |
| 1924 | 5864 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from |
| 5865 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
| 5866 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
| 5867 */ | |
| 5868 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5869 { | |
| 5870 vimconv_T vc; | |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
| 5873 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
| 5874 { | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5875 int intlen = len; |
|
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5876 char_u *conv_str; |
| 2007 | 5877 |
| 4201 | 5878 vc.vc_fail = TRUE; |
| 2007 | 5879 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); |
| 5880 len = intlen; | |
| 1924 | 5881 if (conv_str != NULL) |
| 5882 { | |
| 5883 vim_free(str); | |
| 5884 str = conv_str; | |
| 5885 } | |
| 4201 | 5886 else |
| 5887 { | |
| 5888 ok = FALSE; | |
| 5889 } | |
| 1924 | 5890 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); |
| 5891 } | |
| 4201 | 5892 else |
| 5893 { | |
| 5894 ok = FALSE; | |
| 5895 } | |
| 1924 | 5896 } |
| 4201 | 5897 |
| 5898 /* Do not store the string if conversion failed. Better to use any | |
| 5899 * other selection than garbled text. */ | |
| 5900 if (ok) | |
| 5901 #endif | |
| 5902 { | |
| 5903 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); | |
| 5904 XFlush(dpy); | |
| 5905 } | |
| 7 | 5906 } |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 vim_free(str); | |
| 5909 } | |
| 5910 #endif | |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 void | |
| 5913 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
| 5914 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 5915 { | |
| 5916 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
| 5919 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
| 5920 else | |
| 5921 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
| 5922 free_yank_all(); | |
| 5923 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
| 5924 y_current = y_ptr; | |
| 5925 } | |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 /* | |
| 5928 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
| 5929 */ | |
| 5930 void | |
| 5931 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
| 5932 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 5933 { | |
| 5934 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
| 5935 pos_T old_cursor; | |
| 5936 pos_T old_visual; | |
| 5937 int old_visual_mode; | |
| 5938 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
| 5939 int old_set_curswant; | |
| 5940 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
| 5941 oparg_T oa; | |
| 5942 cmdarg_T ca; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 if (cbd->owned) | |
| 5945 { | |
| 5946 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
| 5947 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
| 5948 return; | |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
| 5951 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
| 5952 old_y_current = y_current; | |
| 5953 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5954 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 5955 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 5956 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
| 5957 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
| 5958 old_visual = VIsual; | |
| 5959 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 5960 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
| 5961 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
| 5962 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
| 5963 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
| 5964 ca.oap = &oa; | |
| 5965 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
| 5966 ca.count1 = 1; | |
| 5967 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
| 5968 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
| 5969 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
| 5970 y_current = old_y_current; | |
| 5971 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 688 | 5972 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
| 7 | 5973 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
| 5974 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
| 5975 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
| 5976 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
| 5977 VIsual = old_visual; | |
| 5978 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
| 5979 } | |
| 5980 else | |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
| 5985 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
| 5986 } | |
| 5987 } | |
| 5988 | |
| 2896 | 5989 /* |
| 5990 * Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register. | |
| 5991 */ | |
| 7 | 5992 void |
| 5993 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
| 5994 int type; | |
| 5995 char_u *str; | |
| 5996 long len; | |
| 5997 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 5998 { | |
| 5999 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
| 6002 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
| 6003 else | |
| 6004 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
| 6007 | |
| 6008 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L); | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 /* | |
| 6012 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
| 6013 * with length *len. | |
| 6014 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
| 6015 */ | |
| 6016 int | |
| 6017 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
| 6018 char_u **str; | |
| 6019 long_u *len; | |
| 6020 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
| 6021 { | |
| 6022 char_u *p; | |
| 6023 int lnum; | |
| 6024 int i, j; | |
| 6025 int_u eolsize; | |
| 6026 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
| 6029 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
| 6030 else | |
| 6031 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
| 6034 eolsize = 2; | |
| 6035 #else | |
| 6036 eolsize = 1; | |
| 6037 #endif | |
| 6038 | |
| 6039 *str = NULL; | |
| 6040 *len = 0; | |
| 6041 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
| 6042 return -1; | |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
| 6045 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 /* | |
| 6048 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
| 6049 */ | |
| 6050 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
| 6051 *len -= eolsize; | |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
| 6054 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6055 return -1; | |
| 6056 lnum = 0; | |
| 6057 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
| 6058 { | |
| 6059 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
| 6060 p[i] = NUL; | |
| 6061 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
| 6062 { | |
| 6063 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
| 6064 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
| 6065 #endif | |
| 6066 #ifdef USE_CR | |
| 6067 p[i] = '\r'; | |
| 6068 #else | |
| 6069 p[i] = '\n'; | |
| 6070 #endif | |
| 6071 lnum++; | |
| 6072 j = -1; | |
| 6073 } | |
| 6074 else | |
| 6075 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
| 6076 } | |
| 6077 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
| 6078 } | |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 /* | |
| 6082 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
| 6083 */ | |
| 6084 static void | |
| 6085 may_set_selection() | |
| 6086 { | |
| 6087 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
| 6088 { | |
| 6089 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 6090 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 6091 } | |
| 6092 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
| 6093 { | |
| 6094 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 6095 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 6096 } | |
| 6097 } | |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6103 /* | |
| 6104 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
| 6105 */ | |
| 6106 void | |
| 6107 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
| 6108 char_u *str; | |
| 6109 long len; | |
| 6110 { | |
| 6111 struct yankreg *curr; | |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 curr = y_current; | |
| 6114 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
| 6115 free_yank_all(); | |
| 6116 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L); | |
| 6117 y_current = curr; | |
| 6118 } | |
| 6119 #endif | |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6123 /* | |
| 6124 * Return the type of a register. | |
| 6125 * Used for getregtype() | |
| 6126 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
| 6127 */ | |
| 6128 char_u | |
| 6129 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
| 6130 int regname; | |
| 6131 long *reglen; | |
| 6132 { | |
| 6133 switch (regname) | |
| 6134 { | |
| 6135 case '%': /* file name */ | |
| 6136 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
| 6137 case '=': /* expression */ | |
| 6138 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
| 6139 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
| 6140 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
| 6141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 6142 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
| 6143 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
| 6144 #endif | |
| 6145 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
| 6146 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
| 6147 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
| 6148 return MCHAR; | |
| 6149 } | |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 6152 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
| 6153 #endif | |
| 6154 | |
| 5596 | 6155 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 6156 return MAUTO; | |
| 6157 | |
| 7 | 6158 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
| 6161 { | |
| 6162 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
| 6163 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
| 6164 return y_current->y_type; | |
| 6165 } | |
| 6166 return MAUTO; | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 /* | |
| 6170 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
| 6171 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
| 6172 * Returns NULL for error. | |
| 6173 */ | |
| 6174 char_u * | |
| 283 | 6175 get_reg_contents(regname, allowexpr, expr_src) |
| 7 | 6176 int regname; |
| 283 | 6177 int allowexpr; /* allow "=" register */ |
| 6178 int expr_src; /* get expression for "=" register */ | |
| 7 | 6179 { |
| 6180 long i; | |
| 6181 char_u *retval; | |
| 6182 int allocated; | |
| 6183 long len; | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
| 6186 if (regname == '=') | |
| 6187 { | |
| 6188 if (allowexpr) | |
| 283 | 6189 { |
| 6190 if (expr_src) | |
| 6191 return get_expr_line_src(); | |
| 7 | 6192 return get_expr_line(); |
| 283 | 6193 } |
| 7 | 6194 return NULL; |
| 6195 } | |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
| 6198 regname = '"'; | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 /* check for valid regname */ | |
| 6201 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
| 6202 return NULL; | |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 6205 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
| 6206 #endif | |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
| 6209 { | |
| 6210 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 6211 return NULL; | |
| 6212 if (!allocated) | |
| 6213 retval = vim_strsave(retval); | |
| 6214 return retval; | |
| 6215 } | |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
| 6218 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
| 6219 return NULL; | |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 /* | |
| 6222 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
| 6223 */ | |
| 6224 len = 0; | |
| 6225 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
| 6226 { | |
| 6227 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
| 6228 /* | |
| 6229 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
| 6230 * y_type is MLINE. | |
| 6231 */ | |
| 6232 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
| 6233 ++len; | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 /* | |
| 6239 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
| 6240 */ | |
| 6241 if (retval != NULL) | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 len = 0; | |
| 6244 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
| 6245 { | |
| 6246 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
| 6247 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
| 6248 | |
| 6249 /* | |
| 6250 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
| 6251 * MLINE. | |
| 6252 */ | |
| 6253 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
| 6254 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
| 6255 } | |
| 6256 retval[len] = NUL; | |
| 6257 } | |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 return retval; | |
| 6260 } | |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 /* | |
| 6263 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
| 6264 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
| 6265 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
| 6266 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
| 6267 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
| 6268 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
| 6269 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
| 6270 */ | |
| 6271 void | |
| 6272 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
| 6273 int name; | |
| 6274 char_u *str; | |
| 6275 int maxlen; | |
| 6276 int must_append; | |
| 6277 { | |
| 6278 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
| 6279 } | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 void | |
| 6282 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) | |
| 6283 int name; | |
| 6284 char_u *str; | |
| 6285 int maxlen; | |
| 6286 int must_append; | |
| 6287 int yank_type; | |
| 6288 long block_len; | |
| 6289 { | |
| 6290 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
| 6291 long len; | |
| 6292 | |
| 336 | 6293 if (maxlen >= 0) |
| 6294 len = maxlen; | |
| 6295 else | |
| 6296 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
| 6297 | |
| 7 | 6298 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
| 6299 if (name == '/') | |
| 6300 { | |
| 6301 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
| 6302 return; | |
| 6303 } | |
| 6304 | |
| 336 | 6305 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 6306 if (name == '=') | |
| 6307 { | |
| 6308 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
| 6311 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6312 return; | |
| 6313 if (must_append) | |
| 6314 { | |
| 6315 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
| 6316 vim_free(p); | |
| 6317 p = s; | |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 } | |
| 6320 set_expr_line(p); | |
| 6321 return; | |
| 6322 } | |
| 6323 #endif | |
| 6324 | |
| 7 | 6325 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ |
| 6326 { | |
| 168 | 6327 emsg_invreg(name); |
| 7 | 6328 return; |
| 6329 } | |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
| 6332 return; | |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
| 6335 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
| 6336 old_y_current = y_current; | |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
| 6339 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
| 6340 free_yank_all(); | |
| 6341 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len); | |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 6344 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
| 6345 may_set_selection(); | |
| 6346 # endif | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
| 6349 if (name != '"') | |
| 6350 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
| 6351 y_current = old_y_current; | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 6356 /* | |
| 6357 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
| 6358 * is appended. | |
| 6359 */ | |
| 6360 static void | |
| 2896 | 6361 str_to_reg(y_ptr, yank_type, str, len, blocklen) |
| 7 | 6362 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ |
| 2896 | 6363 int yank_type; /* MCHAR, MLINE, MBLOCK, MAUTO */ |
| 7 | 6364 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ |
| 6365 long len; /* length of string */ | |
| 6366 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
| 6367 { | |
| 2896 | 6368 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ |
| 7 | 6369 int lnum; |
| 6370 long start; | |
| 6371 long i; | |
| 6372 int extra; | |
| 6373 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
| 6374 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
| 6375 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
| 6376 char_u *s; | |
| 6377 char_u **pp; | |
| 6378 long maxlen; | |
| 6379 | |
| 2000 | 6380 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
| 7 | 6381 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
| 6382 | |
| 2896 | 6383 if (yank_type == MAUTO) |
| 6384 type = ((len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == NL || str[len - 1] == CAR)) | |
| 6385 ? MLINE : MCHAR); | |
| 6386 else | |
| 6387 type = yank_type; | |
| 6388 | |
| 7 | 6389 /* |
| 6390 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
| 6391 */ | |
| 6392 newlines = 0; | |
| 6393 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 6394 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
| 6395 ++newlines; | |
| 6396 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
| 6397 { | |
| 6398 extraline = 1; | |
| 6399 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
| 6400 } | |
| 6401 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
| 6402 { | |
| 6403 append = TRUE; | |
| 6404 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
| 6405 } | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 /* | |
| 6408 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
| 6409 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
| 6410 */ | |
| 6411 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
| 6412 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
| 6413 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 6414 return; | |
| 6415 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
| 6416 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
| 6417 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
| 6418 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
| 6419 maxlen = 0; | |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 /* | |
| 6422 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
| 6423 */ | |
| 6424 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
| 6425 { | |
| 6426 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ | |
| 6427 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
| 6428 break; | |
| 6429 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
| 6430 if (i > maxlen) | |
| 6431 maxlen = i; | |
| 6432 if (append) | |
| 6433 { | |
| 6434 --lnum; | |
| 6435 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
| 6436 } | |
| 6437 else | |
| 6438 extra = 0; | |
| 6439 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
| 6440 if (s == NULL) | |
| 6441 break; | |
| 6442 if (extra) | |
| 6443 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
| 6444 if (append) | |
| 6445 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
| 6446 if (i) | |
| 6447 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
| 6448 extra += i; | |
| 6449 s[extra] = NUL; | |
| 6450 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
| 6451 while (--extra >= 0) | |
| 6452 { | |
| 6453 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6454 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
| 6455 ++s; | |
| 6456 } | |
| 6457 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
| 6458 } | |
| 6459 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
| 6460 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
| 6461 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
| 6462 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
| 6463 else | |
| 6464 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
| 6465 } | |
| 6466 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 void | |
| 6469 clear_oparg(oap) | |
| 6470 oparg_T *oap; | |
| 6471 { | |
| 6472 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
| 6473 } | |
| 6474 | |
| 161 | 6475 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
| 7 | 6476 |
| 6477 /* | |
| 161 | 6478 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
| 7 | 6479 * |
| 6480 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
| 6481 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
| 6482 * | |
| 161 | 6483 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
| 6484 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
| 7 | 6485 * |
| 6486 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
| 6487 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
| 6488 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
| 6489 * the size of the EOL character. | |
| 6490 */ | |
| 6491 static long | |
| 161 | 6492 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
| 7 | 6493 char_u *line; |
| 6494 long *wc; | |
| 161 | 6495 long *cc; |
| 7 | 6496 long limit; |
| 6497 int eol_size; | |
| 6498 { | |
| 161 | 6499 long i; |
| 6500 long words = 0; | |
| 6501 long chars = 0; | |
| 7 | 6502 int is_word = 0; |
| 6503 | |
| 3626 | 6504 for (i = 0; i < limit && line[i] != NUL; ) |
| 7 | 6505 { |
| 6506 if (is_word) | |
| 6507 { | |
| 6508 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
| 6509 { | |
| 6510 words++; | |
| 6511 is_word = 0; | |
| 6512 } | |
| 6513 } | |
| 6514 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
| 6515 is_word = 1; | |
| 161 | 6516 ++chars; |
| 6517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6518 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
| 161 | 6519 #else |
| 6520 ++i; | |
| 6521 #endif | |
| 7 | 6522 } |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 if (is_word) | |
| 6525 words++; | |
| 6526 *wc += words; | |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
| 2996 | 6529 if (i < limit && line[i] == NUL) |
| 161 | 6530 { |
| 7 | 6531 i += eol_size; |
| 161 | 6532 chars += eol_size; |
| 6533 } | |
| 6534 *cc += chars; | |
| 7 | 6535 return i; |
| 6536 } | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 /* | |
| 6539 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
| 6540 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
| 6541 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
| 6542 */ | |
| 6543 void | |
| 6544 cursor_pos_info() | |
| 6545 { | |
| 6546 char_u *p; | |
| 274 | 6547 char_u buf1[50]; |
| 6548 char_u buf2[40]; | |
| 7 | 6549 linenr_T lnum; |
| 161 | 6550 long byte_count = 0; |
| 6551 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
| 7 | 6552 long char_count = 0; |
| 6553 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
| 161 | 6554 long word_count = 0; |
| 6555 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
| 7 | 6556 int eol_size; |
| 6557 long last_check = 100000L; | |
| 6558 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
| 6559 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
| 6560 oparg_T oparg; | |
| 6561 struct block_def bd; | |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 /* | |
| 6564 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
| 6565 */ | |
| 6566 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
| 6567 { | |
| 6568 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
| 6569 } | |
| 6570 else | |
| 6571 { | |
| 6572 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
| 6573 eol_size = 2; | |
| 6574 else | |
| 6575 eol_size = 1; | |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 6578 { | |
| 6579 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
| 6580 { | |
| 6581 min_pos = VIsual; | |
| 6582 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6583 } | |
| 6584 else | |
| 6585 { | |
| 6586 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6587 max_pos = VIsual; | |
| 6588 } | |
| 6589 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
| 6590 --max_pos.col; | |
| 6591 | |
| 6592 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 6593 { | |
| 1866 | 6594 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6595 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
| 6598 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
| 6599 #endif | |
| 7 | 6600 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
| 6601 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
| 6602 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
| 6603 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
| 688 | 6604 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
| 1866 | 6605 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6606 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
| 6607 #endif | |
| 688 | 6608 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
| 6609 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 6610 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
| 6611 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
| 6612 { | |
| 6613 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
| 6614 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
| 6615 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
| 6616 } | |
| 6617 } | |
| 6618 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
| 6619 } | |
| 6620 | |
| 6621 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
| 6622 { | |
| 6623 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
| 161 | 6624 if (byte_count > last_check) |
| 7 | 6625 { |
| 6626 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 6627 if (got_int) | |
| 6628 return; | |
| 161 | 6629 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
| 7 | 6630 } |
| 6631 | |
| 6632 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
| 6633 if (VIsual_active | |
| 6634 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
| 6635 { | |
| 45 | 6636 char_u *s = NULL; |
| 6637 long len = 0L; | |
| 6638 | |
| 7 | 6639 switch (VIsual_mode) |
| 6640 { | |
| 6641 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 5735 | 6642 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 7 | 6643 virtual_op = virtual_active(); |
| 5735 | 6644 #endif |
| 7 | 6645 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); |
| 5735 | 6646 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 7 | 6647 virtual_op = MAYBE; |
| 5735 | 6648 #endif |
| 45 | 6649 s = bd.textstart; |
| 6650 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
| 7 | 6651 break; |
| 6652 case 'V': | |
| 45 | 6653 s = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6654 len = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 6655 break; |
| 6656 case 'v': | |
| 6657 { | |
| 6658 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
| 6659 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
| 6660 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
| 6661 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
| 6662 | |
| 45 | 6663 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
| 6664 len = end_col; | |
| 7 | 6665 } |
| 6666 break; | |
| 6667 } | |
| 45 | 6668 if (s != NULL) |
| 6669 { | |
| 161 | 6670 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
| 6671 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
| 45 | 6672 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
| 6673 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
| 6674 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
| 50 | 6675 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
| 161 | 6676 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
| 45 | 6677 } |
| 7 | 6678 } |
| 6679 else | |
| 6680 { | |
| 6681 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
| 6682 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6683 { | |
| 6684 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
| 161 | 6685 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
| 6686 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
| 6687 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
| 6688 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
| 7 | 6689 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
| 6690 } | |
| 6691 } | |
| 6692 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
| 161 | 6693 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
| 6694 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
| 7 | 6695 } |
| 6696 | |
| 6697 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
| 6698 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
| 161 | 6699 byte_count -= eol_size; |
| 7 | 6700 |
| 6701 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 6702 { | |
| 688 | 6703 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
| 7 | 6704 { |
| 6705 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
| 688 | 6706 &max_pos.col); |
| 1869 | 6707 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
| 7 | 6708 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
| 6709 } | |
| 6710 else | |
| 6711 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
| 6712 | |
| 161 | 6713 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
| 274 | 6714 && char_count == byte_count) |
| 1869 | 6715 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
| 6716 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
| 7 | 6717 buf1, line_count_selected, |
| 6718 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 6719 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
| 161 | 6720 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
| 6721 else | |
| 1869 | 6722 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
| 6723 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
| 161 | 6724 buf1, line_count_selected, |
| 6725 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 6726 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
| 6727 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
| 6728 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
| 7 | 6729 } |
| 6730 else | |
| 6731 { | |
| 6732 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6733 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 1869 | 6734 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 7 | 6735 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
| 1869 | 6736 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), linetabsize(p)); |
| 7 | 6737 |
| 161 | 6738 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
| 6739 && char_count == byte_count) | |
| 1869 | 6740 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
| 6741 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
| 7 | 6742 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
| 6743 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 6744 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 6745 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
| 161 | 6746 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
| 6747 else | |
| 1869 | 6748 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
| 6749 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
| 161 | 6750 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
| 6751 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 6752 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 6753 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
| 6754 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
| 6755 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
| 7 | 6756 } |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 161 | 6759 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
| 6760 if (byte_count > 0) | |
| 7 | 6761 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
| 161 | 6762 byte_count); |
| 7 | 6763 #endif |
| 6764 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
| 6765 p = p_shm; | |
| 6766 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
| 6767 msg(IObuff); | |
| 6768 p_shm = p; | |
| 6769 } | |
| 6770 } |